Intermediate - English Conversation - Alianza

ENGLISH CONVERSATION
INTERMEDIATE ENGLISH
Durante minha juventude tive a oportunidade de aprender o

Idioma Inglês, a principio meu intuito era conseguir melhores
oportunidades no ramo profissional, mas durante meu processo de
aprendizado vi que o Inglês nos abre a mente para um mundo
desconhecido, um mundo de informação, um mundo de expansão em
comunicação, um mundo mais divertido e um mundo com maiores
possibilidades.
Vendo tudo isso acontecendo em minha vida, tive como principal
intuito trazer esse “novo mundo” para todas as pessoas em minha volta.
Depois de muito estudo, pesquisas e experimentos, criei a Aliança
América –Idiomas.
Muitas pessoas colocam o aprendizado do idioma Inglês como
uma coisa muito difícil, inalcançável, a Aliança América foi criada para
mostrar que essa barreira ê possível ser quebrada, que ê possível
aprender inglês de uma forma divertida e pratica. Com criamos os nossos
3 livros de ensino, English For Life, English Conversation e English Pro.
O caminho para se tornar fluente pode parecer desafiador, mas
não se preocupe, nós da Aliança América já traçamos ele para você.
Gosto muito de um filme que tem como mensagem principal o lema
“Qualquer um pode cozinhar”, eu digo a você agora: Qualquer um pode
aprender inglês.
Nós da Aliança confiamos em você e estaremos dispostos a
caminhar juntamente com você durante o trajeto para se tornar fluente na
língua Inglesa.
Obrigado por confiar seu futuro a Aliança América.
Helaman M. Fernandes
Diretor Executivo
SECOND
EDITION
ENGLISH CONVERSATION
INTERMEDIATE ENGLISH
SUMMARY
LESSONS CONTENTS PAGES
Lesson 01 Frequency Adverbs ……………………………….. 01-04

Lesson 02 Simple past "Regular verbs" ……………………………….. 05-08
Lesson 03 Simple past "Irregular verbs" ……………………………….. 09-12
Lesson 04 Simple Past of "to be" ……………………………….. 13-16
Lesson 05 Quarter Test I ……………………………….. 17
Lesson 06 Past Continuous ……………………………….. 18-21
Lesson 07 There to be - Present ……………………………….. 22-25
Lesson 08 There to be - Past ……………………………….. 26-29
Lesson 09 Causative Verbs ……………………………….. 30-33
Lesson 10 Quarter Test II ……………………………….. 34
Lesson 11 Few / A few / Little / A little / Much/ Many ……………………………….. 35-38
Lesson 12 Simple Future ……………………………….. 39-42
Lesson 13 Simple Future "Going to" ……………………………….. 43-46
Lesson 14 Future Continuous ……………………………….. 47-49
Lesson 15 Quarter Test III ……………………………….. 50-51
Lesson 16 Modal Would ……………………………….. 52-55
Lesson 17 Modal Can / Could ……………………………….. 56-59
Lesson 18 Modal verbs May / Might ……………………………….. 60-63
Lesson 19 Modal Should and Must ……………………………….. 64-67
Lesson 20 Quarter Test IV ……………………………….. 68
Lesson 21 Expressions with too / So / Neither / Either ……………………………….. 69-72
Lesson 22 Determiners Some / Any / No ……………………………….. 73-76
Lesson 23 Do / Make expressions ……………………………….. 77-80
Lesson 24 Manner adverbs vs adjectives ……………………………….. 81-84
Lesson 25 Quarter Test V ……………………………….. 85
Lesson 26 Relative clauses ……………………………….. 86-89
Lesson 27 Zero and First Conditional ……………………………….. 90-93
Lesson 28 Second Conditional ……………………………….. 94-97
Lesson 29 Used to and Be used to ……………………………….. 98-101
Lesson 30 Quarter Test VI ……………………………….. 102
Lesson 31 Present Perfect ……………………………….. 103-106
Lesson 32 Present Perfect - Since and For ……………………………….. 107-110
Lesson 33 Present Perfect with adverbs ……………………………….. 111-114
Lesson 34 Present Perfect Continuous ……………………………….. 115-118
Lesson 35 Quarter Test VII ……………………………….. 119
Lesson 36 Reported Speech ……………………………….. 120-123
Lesson 37 Passive Voice ……………………………….. 124-127
Lesson 38 Should have, Must have, Could have ……………………………….. 128-131
Lesson 39 Third Conditional ……………………………….. 132-135
Lesson 40 Quarter Test VIII ……………………………….. 136
Lesson 41 Past Perfect ……………………………….. 137-140
Lesson 42 Past Perfect II ……………………………….. 141-144
Lesson 43 Phrasal Verbs I ……………………………….. 145-148
Lesson 44 Phrasal Verbs II ……………………………….. 149-152
Lesson 45 Quarter Test IX ……………………………….. 153
Lesson 46 General Review I ……………………………….. 154-157
Lesson 47 General Review II ……………………………….. 158-161
Lesson 48 Final Test ……………………………….. 162-163
Lesson 01
Frequency Adverbs
Frequency Adverbs Adverbios de
frecuencia
Always Siempre
Usually Usualmente
Often Frecuentemente
Sometimes A veces
Occasionally Ocasionalmente.
Seldom Dificilmente.
Rarely Raramente
Never Nunca
Practicing Practicando
I always study hard. Yo siempre estudio mucho.

You usually work overtime. Tú usualmente trabajas horas extra.
He often plays soccer. Él frecuentemente juega fútbol.
She sometimes works out. Ella ocasionalmente hace
It occasionally breaks. ejercicio.
They seldom go out. Ellos dificilmente salen.
You rarely ride a bike. Tú raramente andas en bicicleta.
We never eat out. Nosotros nunca comemos afuera.
He usually goes to the gymn Él generalmente va al gimnasio.
They often call their cousins. Ellos frecuentemente llaman a sus primos.
She always does her homeork. Ella siempre hace su tarea.
They usually walk to work. Ellos usualmente caminan al trabajo.
I never give up my dreams. Yo nunca abandono mis sueños.
Reading
Mr. John has a very busy life. On Mondays he always wakes up at 05:00 o’clock because he has meetings starting
at 07:00 in his office. From Tuesday to Thursday he often gets to work around 09. His boss Tim never gets upset
because of that due the results John achieves. On Fridays, he occasionally has meetings so, he takes the day to
update and organize his tasks for the next week.
On weekends, he never stays home. John is married to Claire and They have two children. He always takes his
Family to somewhere nice and quiet in order to relax from the weekdays. They usually go to their ranch in the
countryside. There they often go fishing and celebrate life the best way possible. The kids really love riding horses
and play around. They sometimes even go hiking.
Your turn
make sentences orally with at
least 5 words you consider new
to you.
1
More
Frequency
Adverbs
Once (a day) Una vez (por día)
Twice (a week) Dos veces(por semana)
Three times (a month) Tres veces (por mes)
Several times (a year) Varias veces (por año)
Hourly A cada hora
Daily Diariamente
Monthly Mensualmente
Yearly Anualmente
Every hour Cada hora
Every day Todos los dias
Every month Todos los meses
Every year Todos los años
On saturdays Los sábados
On sundays Los domingos
On weekdays Entre semana
At weekends Los fin de semana
Once in a while De vez en cuando
Once in a blue moon (expression.) De vez en cuando (expresión)
Practice the conversations below.

Conversation 1
Peter: What do you do on the weekends?

John: I usually watch a movie at home, but sometimes I go out.
Peter: Oh, where do you go?
John: Sometimes I go to the park. Sometimes I go to the zoo.
Peter: I often go there too. Do you ever go to the mall?
John: No, I rarely go to the mall. It is very expensive.
Conversation 2
Peter: John, how often do you work out?

John: I always work out in the morning, before going to the office.
Peter: Great, and where do you usually work out?
John: I usually work out at the gym near my house.
Peter: I go there once in a while. I never exercise at home.
John: I occasionally go running in the park, as well.
REMEMBER
Indefinite frequency adverbs come before the main verb and indefinite frequency adverbs
are placed commonly at the end of the sentence. But they can be also placed at the
beginning of the sentence.
2
PRACTICE
Rewrite the sentences below using the frequency adverbs in brackets in its correct position.
1- She goes to the movies with her friends. (sometimes)

______________________________________________________________________________________
2- He watches the news before going to college. (always)
______________________________________________________________________________________
3- They play baseball at Foxborough Stadium. (every Sunday).
______________________________________________________________________________________
4- The kids go out alone. It’s dangerous. (never)
______________________________________________________________________________________
5- I eat read meat. (never)
__________________________________________________________________________________
Unscramble the sentences below in the right order.
1- late / are / they / sometimes

__________________________________________________________________________________
2- early / up / mom / never / Saturdays / on / gets / my
_________________________________________________________________________________
3- usually / he / goes / to / on / Mondays / the / movies
_________________________________________________________________________________
4- travel / you / vacation / often / do / how / on / ?
_________________________________________________________________________________
5- we / the / beach / to / always / goes / in / the / summer
_________________________________________________________________________________
6- sometimes / Fridays / goes / she / grocery / on / shopping
_________________________________________________________________________________
Use the lines below to write sentences about your life.
1. ______________________________________________________________________________________
2. ______________________________________________________________________________________
3. ______________________________________________________________________________________
4. ______________________________________________________________________________________
5. ______________________________________________________________________________________
6. ______________________________________________________________________________________
7. ______________________________________________________________________________________
8. ______________________________________________________________________________________
3
Check your understanding
Write down the frequency adverbs in the correct group.
once (a day) / often /twice (a week) / three times (a month) / sometimes / several times (a year) / hourly / daily / monthly /
yearly / every hour / every day / usually / every month / every year / on saturdays / on weekdays / at weekends / once in a
while / once in a blue moon (expression.) / always / on sundays / occasionally / seldom / rarely / never
Before the main verb At the end of the clause

______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
______________________________________ ______________________________________
Translate the dialogue below.
Paul – Graig, ¿Con qué frecuencia sales a divertirte con tus amigos?
Graig – Salgo todos los fin de semana ¿Y tú?
Paul – Yo difícilmente salgo con mis amigos los fin de semana porque siempre estudio para mis exámenes.Pero
a veces los invito que vengan a casa a estudiar.
Graig – Eso es genial, Paul. Yo nunca estudio para los exámenes, generalmente suelo echar un vistazo antes
del exámen.
Paul – De vez en cuando hago eso. Pero sólo cuando estoy muy cansado para estudiar los fin de semana.
Write down the frequency adverbs presented in the dialogue:

_________________________________________
_________________________________________
EXPRESSIONS
_________________________________________
To hang out – sair para se divertir
_________________________________________
I hang out with my friends
_________________________________________ To have fun – se divertir
I have fun when I hang out with my
_________________________________________
friends
_________________________________________
4
LESSON 02
SIMPLE PAST – REGULAR VERBS
Verbs Verbos
I studied. Yo estudié.
You learned. Tú aprendiste.
He walked. Él caminó.
She loved. Ella amó.
it closed. Eso cerró.
They worked. Ellos trabajaron.
We called. Nosotros llamamos.
Practicing Praticando
She watched a nice movie yesterday. Ella miró una linda pelicula ayer.
I worked until late last night. Yo trabajé hasta tarde anoche.
You closed the store earlier on Monday. Tú cerraste la tienda temprano el lunes.
They traveled to the U.S.A last year. Ellos viajaron a U.S.A el año pasado.
It worked fine last time I used. Eso funcionó bien la última vez que lo usé.
My mom called me last week. Mi madre llamó la semana pasada.
He figured out a way to solve the problem. Él encontró una forma de resolver el problema.
We walked to work. Nosotros caminamos al trabajo.
They turned 18 last month. Ellos cumplieron 18 el mes pasado.
He arrived late at school. Él llegó tarde al colegio.
It ended before it even started. Eso terminó antes de comenzar.
They listened to music at the lecture.
Ellos escucharon música en clase.
She stopped smoking a year ago.
Ella dejó de fumar hace un año.
We studied English and French in Canada.
Nosotros estudiamos inglés y francés en Canadá.
Negative Negativo
She didn’t like the food. A ella no le gustó la comida.

He didn’t clean his bedroom. Él no limpió su cuarto.
They didn’t cook for the guests. Ellos no cocinaron para los invitados.
We didn’t plug the wire into the outlet. Nosotros no conectamos el cable a la toma corriente.
The teacher didn’t cancel the class.
La maestra no canceló la clase.
She didn’t reply the e-mail.
Ella no respondió el correo.
Interrogative Interrogativo
Did you cry when you dropped the ice cream? ¿Tú lloraste cuando derramaste el helado?
Did he borrow his brother’s jacket? ¿Él tomó prestada la campera de su hermano?
Did she need to send the report? ¿Ella necesitó enviar el reporte?
Did they skip classes to go out? ¿Ellos se faltaron a clases para salir?
Did you try on the new suit?
¿Tú te probaste un traje nuevo?
Did it fit well on you?
¿Te calzó bien?
5
PRACTICE THE CONVERSATIONS
Conversation 1
Peter – Susie, did you invite our friends over tonight?
Susie – Yes, I did. I called them last night.
Peter – That’s great. Did they accept the invitation?
Susie – Yes, they did. And they invited their relatives to come over as well.
Peter – Ok. I noticed they watched TV for too long last time so, I unplugged it.
Conversation 2
Greg – Hey Paul, how’s it going?

Paul – Hey Greg, I’m doing fine.
Greg – Paul, I watched the game on TV last night. Did you watch?
Paul – No, I didn’t. I received extra papers to fill so, I worked until late.
Greg – What a pity, buddy. I loved the results. I enjoyed each second of it.
PRESENT PAST TRANSLATION
Accept Accepted Aceitar

Agree Agreed Concordar
Ask Asked Pedir/perguntar
Believe Believed Acreditar
Call Called Ligar/chamar
Close Closed Fechar
Decide Decided Decidir
Dress Dressed Vestir
Die Died Morrer
Enjoy Enjoyed Desfrutar/gostar
Fix Fixed Consertar
Fry Fried Fritar
Need Needed Precisar
Open Opened Abrir
Shop Shopped Comprar
How to pronounce the “ED” ending
There are three different ways to pronounce the 'ed' ending of regular verbs in the simple past tense:
/ Id / , / t / or / d /.
The / id / sound is pronounced after verbs ending in T and D sounds. E.g. (wanted, needed, started…)
The / t / sound is pronounced after verbs ending in S, X, K, P, F, SH and CH sounds. E.g. (fixed,
worked, watched, developed, liked…)
The / d / sound is pronounced after verbs ending in all other endings. E.g. (cleaned, called, allowed,
used, played, arrived…)
6
PRACTICE
A - Complete the sentences about last night with the simple past of the verbs.
1. I ___________(play) with my friends.

2. Jeff ______________ (not / want) to play with us.
3. My father ____________ (call) us and we __________ (talk) for a while.
4. We _________ (watch) a movie but I ____________ (not / like) Much.
5. She ___________(play) the guitar.
6. It ____________ (rain), so I __________(not / want) to go out.
7. Mom __________ (cook) and we _________ (help) her.
8. My cousin __________ (not / like) the meal.
B– Change the sentences below into negative and interrogative..
1- She decided to travel to Japan.

__________________________________________________ (Negative)
__________________________________________________ (Interrogative)
2- They shopped for hours yesterday.
__________________________________________________ (Negative)
__________________________________________________ (Interrogative)
3- Paul cooked dinner for his parentes.
__________________________________________________ (Negative)
__________________________________________________ (Interrogative)
4- We arrived late at school this morning.
__________________________________________________ (Negative)
__________________________________________________ (Interrogative)
5- We finished the test before the expected time.
__________________________________________________ (Negative)
__________________________________________________ (Interrogative)
C– Write true sentences about your last weekend. Add more information to the sentences.
1- Cook dinner ________________________________

I cooked dinner on Sunday. I didn’t cook dinner on Sunday.
or ____________________________________
2- Clean the house ________________________________ or ____________________________________
3- Listen to music ________________________________ or ____________________________________
4- Call your friends ________________________________ or ____________________________________
5- Study English ________________________________ or ____________________________________
6- Stay home ________________________________ or ____________________________________
7- Watch a game ________________________________ or ____________________________________
8- Work out ________________________________ or ____________________________________
7
PRACTICE
Last year, Paul and Susie traveled to London for two weeks. They stayed in a very busy hotel downtown. It was really
fantastic because they talked to a lot of other visitors of different nationalities and learned a lot about other cultures and
customs. Of course, they learned a lot of English too because they listened to it all day long every single day. In the
morning they shopped a little, walked around the city and watched a play at the theater. In the afternoon they visited
different places and played at a famous casino. It was so much fun. They often walked down to the beach with some
new friends and played or chatted. In the evening they were tired so they sometimes watched videos or played board
games.
The best days were Saturday and Sunday because they traveled to the surroundings. They also visited all the
monuments like Big Ben, The London Eye and Buckingham Palace. They wanted to see the Queen but they didn’t see
her, only her guards!
At the end of the two weeks, they were sad to return home. The holidays were fun and different from usual. They cried a
little when they waved goodbye to their new friends and promised to write or send emails when they arrived home.
Read the text and answer the following questions.
What did Paul and Susie do in the afternoon?

____________________________________________________.
Did they learn a lot of English?
____________________________________________________.
What did they do on the weekends?
____________________________________________________.
Did they walk through the city?
____________________________________________________.
What did they do when they waved goodbye to their new friends?
____________________________________________________.
How often did they listen to English?
____________________________________________________.
Fun with a tongue twister
Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers.

A peck of pickled peppers Peter Piper picked.
If Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers,
Where's the peck of pickled peppers Peter Piper picked?
8
LESSON 03
SIMPLE PAST – IRREGULAR VERBS
Verbs
I did. Yo hice.
You went. Usted fue.
He bought. Él compró.
She chose. Ella eligió.
it broke. Se rompió.
They felt. Ellos sintieron.
We heard. Nosotros escuchamos.
She chose a nice gift for her mom. Ella eligió un regalo para su madre.
I did my homework last night. Yo hice mi tarea anoche.
You went to the store earlier on Monday. Tú fuiste a la tienda temprano el lunes.
They flew to the U.S.A last year. Ellos volaron a U.S.A el año pasado.
It broke when I used last time. Se rompió cuando lo usé la última vez.
My mom brought me some ice cream. Mi madre me compró un poco de helado.
He felt tired after the game. Él se sintió cansado luego del partido.
We heard you bought a new car. Nosotros escuchamos que ustedes compraron un
They got an A on their English test. auto nuevo.
He drove to school last semester. Ellos obtuvieron una A en su exámen de inglés.
The dog ate its food. Él condujo hacia el colegio el semestre pasado.
They drank wine at the party. El perro comió su comida.
She went shopping for hours yesterday.
Ellos bebieron vino en la fiesta.
We knew about what you said.
Ella fue de compró por horas ayer.
Nosotros supimos sobre lo que dijiste.
Negative Negativo
She didn’t go shopping yesterday. Ella no fue de compras ayer.

He didn’t feel tired after the game. Él no se sintió cansado luego del partido .
They didn’t know about the test. Ellos no sabían acerca del exámen.
We didn’t buy a new house. Nosotros no compramos una casa nueva.
My boss didn’t give me a raise.
Mi jefe no me dió un aumento.
I didn’t hurt myself.
Yo no me lastimé.
Did you make the phone call? ¿Usted hizo una llamada telefónica?
Did he lose his wallet? ¿Él perdió su billetera?
Did she see the e-mail I sent her? ¿Ella vió el correo que le envié?
Did they sell their house? ¿Ellos vendieron su casa?
Did you sing at the festival?
¿Tú cantaste en el festival?
Did we speak to the manager?
¿Nosotros hablamos con el gerente?
9
Conversation 1
Linda – Hey Mary, I went to the movies to see the movie you told me.
Mary – Awesome. What did you think about it?
Linda – I thought it has everything to do with me. When I saw the movie, many
memories of my childhood came to my mind.
Mary – I knew it. I told you it has everything to do with you.
Linda – Thanks for the tip, Mary.
Conversation 2
Jake – Noah, did you pay the statements I sent you by e-mail?
Noah – Yes, I did. I paid them on the same day you sent.
Jake – Ok but, I didn’t find the receipts back on my e-mail.
Noah – I made a transfer by money order and it usually takes a while to get
through.
Jake – Oh man, you did it the wrong way. You didn’t pay attention on my
message on the email. You had to pay on cash.
Noah – My apologies Jake. I made a mistake!
PRESENT PAST TRANSLATION
Build Built Construir

Bring Brought Trazer
Buy Bought Comprar
Come Came Vir
Do Did Fazer
Drive Drove Dirigir
Drink Drank Beber
Fall Fell Cair
Find Found Encontrar
Give Gave Dar
Have Had Ter
Keep Kept Manter
Know Knew Saber/Conhecer
Make Made Fazer
Say Said Dizer
Speak Spoke Falar
Write Wrote Escrever
Make at least 3 sentences in the past with the verbs given:
1- _______________________________________________________________________
2- _______________________________________________________________________
3- _______________________________________________________________________
10
PRACTICE
A - Read Jenna's planner. Then complete the sentences below. Use the simple past of the verbs in the box.
Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday

Movie with Meg 1:00 Read a book English classes Go shopping with friends
Grand Theater 2:00 Read art magazine Write history paper Read the news
Homework Homework Homework Homework
Thursday Friday Saturday

Make lunch Grocery shopping English classes
Go to Museum Go to a party Read a novel
Homework Homework Have fun with family
see – do – read – go – take - have - make
saw
1- On Sunday, Jenna __________ didn’t see
a movie. She _______________ a play.
2- On Monday, she ___________ a magazine. She _________ a book and ________ her homework.
3- On Tuesday, Jenna _________ English classes and _________ her homework. But she ________
the history paper.
4- On Wednesday, Jenna _________ shopping with friends and ___________ her homework. She
______the News.
5- On Thursday, Jenna ___________ lunch. She _________ to the museum and _________ her
homework.
6- On Friday, Jenna ________ grocery shopping, _________ to a party but she ____________ her
homework.
7- On Saturday, Jenna __________ English classes, __________ fun with her Family but _________ a
novel.
B– Write true sentences about your last weekend.
1- Sunday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________

2- Monday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
3- Tuesday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
4- Wednesday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
5- Thursday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
6- Friday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
7- Saturday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________
Expressions to talk about the past.
Yesterday – Ayer Two days ago – Dos días atrás

Last week – La semana pasada a month ago – Un mes atrás
Last month – El mes pasado in 2020 – En 2020.
Last year – El año pasado. this morning – Esta mañana.
Last night – Anoche. while ago – Hace un tiempo atrás
11
PRACTICE
C- Translate the sentences below into English using simple past of irregular verbs.
1- Yo fui comprar con mi mamá y mi hermana.

____________________________________________________________________.
2- Ella no hizo su tarea.
____________________________________________________________________.
3-¿Tu compraste todo lo que puse en la lista?
____________________________________________________________________.
4- ¿Qué hiciste anoche?
____________________________________________________________________.
5- ¿Qué recibió ella para su cumpleaños pasado?
____________________________________________________________________.
6- Yo no tuve que hacer horas extra porque el computador se descompuso.
____________________________________________________________________.
7- Nosotros enviamos todos los productos el mes pasado.
____________________________________________________________________.
8- Paul ganó la lotería, compró una mansión y le regaló dinero a sus amigos.
____________________________________________________________________.
D – Complete the text below with the correct form of the irregular verbs in the past.
Yesterday I ____________(wake up) earlier than the usually because I ___________ (have) to take
my car to the mechanic. I _________ (make) breakfast for the family, I ___________ (see) the news
on my cell phone and right after I _____________ (take) a hot shower.
After I ___________ (take) my car to the mechanic, I ________(have) to hail a cab to get in time at
work. Right after I _________ (get) to the office, I ________ (read) my e-mails and _________ (send)
responses to my customers.
I also _________ (have) a meeting with the team and it __________ (go) pretty well.
E – Write down the past form of the following verbs.
Begin – Feel - Let -

Break – Fly - Meet -
Bring – Forget - Make -
Come – Get - Pay -
Cost – Give - Put -
Do – Have - Run -
Drive- Hear - Say -
Drink – Hold - See -
Eat - Leave - Take -
12
LESSON 04
SIMPLE PAST – VERB TO BE
Verbs
I was. Yo era/Yo estaba

You were. Usted era/ Usted estaba.
He was. Él era/ Él estaba.
She was. Ella era / Ella estaba.
it was. Eso era / Eso estaba.
They were. Ellos eran / Ellos estaban.
We were. Nosotros éramos / estábamos.
She was sick last week Ella estaba enferma la semana pasada.
I was really busy this morning. Yo realmente estaba ocupado esta mañana.
You were in New York last winter. Tú estabas en Nueva York el invierno pasado.
They were happy about the gifts. Ellos estaban felices acerca de los regalos.
It was very hot this afternoon. Estaba muy caluroso esta mañana.
My dad was a pilot when he was young. Mi papá era piloto cuando era jóven.
He was excited to start his classes. Él estaba emocionado por comenzar sus clases.
We were about to leave when they called us. Nosotros estábamos por irnos cuando ellos nos
They were tired. llamaron.
He was a lawer. Ellos estaban cansados.
It was a sunny day at the beach. Él era un abogado.
They were friends. Era un día soleado en la playa.
She was at the mall yesterday.
Ellos eran amigos.
We were at the party together.
Ella estaba en el shopping ayer.
Nosotros estábamos en la fiesta juntos.
Negative Negativo
She wasn’t at the mall with her friends . Ella no estaba en el shopping con sus amigas.
He wasn’t tired after the game. Él estaba cansado después del partido.
They weren’t happy about the test. Ellos no estaban feliz acerca del exámen.
We weren’t at home on Sunday. Nosotros no estuvimos en casa el domingo.
My boss wasn’t on vacation last month.
Mi jefe no estuvo de vacaciones el mes pasado.
I wasn’t late for class.
Yo no llegué tarde a clase.
Were you sad when your team lost? ¿Usted estuvo triste cuando su equipo perdió?
Was he convicted and sent to prison? ¿Era él convicto y fue enviado a prisión?
Was she at school yesterday? ¿Estaba ella en el colegio ayer?
Was it a beautiful day? ¿Fue un día hermoso?
Were they cold?
¿Estaban ellos con frío?
Were you angry with me?
¿Estaban enojados conmigo?
13
Conversation 1
John – Hi Carl, how was the movie last night?
Carl – It was pretty nice.
John – Was it an action movie?
Carl – No it wasn’t. It was a suspense movie.
John – Great, I want to see it. Was it crowded?
Carl – Actually, it wasn’t.
Conversation 2
Jane – Kate, do you know who was at the party yesterday?

Kate – Yes, I know. Everybody from our class was there. And so were the
teachers.
Jane – What about your siblings, were they there as well?
Kate – No, they weren’t. They were at home.
Jane – I tried to go there but the buses were off. I wasn’t able to go.
Kate – What a pity!
Adjectives to be used with the verb to be in the past
I was amazed –Yo estaba emocionado. The movie was funny – La película fue graciosa.
They were angry – Ellos estaban enojados. He was generous – Él era generoso.
It was awkward – Eso fue incómodo. We were glad – Nosotros estábamos contentos.
You were careless – Ustedes fueron descuidados. She was happy – Ella estaba feliz.
He was clever – Él era inteligente It was hard – Eso fue difícil.
It was crazy – Eso fue una locura. We were horrified – Nosotros estábamos
They were delighted – Ellos estaban contentos. horrorizados.
It was difficult – Eso era difícil. It was impossible – Eso era imposible.
We were disappointed – Estámos decepcionados. They were lucky – Ellas eran afortunadas.
It was easy – Eso fue fácil . The girl was so kind – La chica fue muy amable.
She was shy – Ella era tímida. The man was nice – El hombre era agradable.
I was proud – Yo estaba orgulloso.
Make 5 sentences in the past with the adverb given above:
1- _______________________________________________________________________
2- _______________________________________________________________________
3- _______________________________________________________________________
4- _______________________________________________________________________
5- _______________________________________________________________________
14
PRACTICE
A – Complete the review below with was, were, wasn’t or weren’t:
“My wife and I __________ guests at a hotel in Orlando last month. Unfortunately,
we __________ happy with our room. It _________ pretty messy and ___________
Clean. The bed ___________ terribly made. Another point to take in consideration
__________ the fact that you said the local _________ near the beach, but it _________.
The noise at night ___________ also awful. But the people at the hotel __________ nice
with us. So that ____________excellent”.
B – Write questions for the answers below:
1- __________________________________________________. It as great.
2- __________________________________________________. Yes, the lecture was interesting.
3- __________________________________________________. I was sick at home.
4- __________________________________________________. No, I wasn’t there yesterday.
5- __________________________________________________. Yes, we were at church on Sunday.
6- __________________________________________________. My siblings were in Boston.
C – Translate the sentences below:
1- Peter estaba muy cansado para ir al partido.

__________________________________________________.
2- ¿Nosotros teníamos razón acerca del informe?
__________________________________________________.
3- Tú eras demasiado jóven para entender eso.
__________________________________________________..
4- ¿Era él profesor en una escuela pública?
__________________________________________________.
5- Ella estaba muy bonita en la fiesta.
__________________________________________________.
6- Ese no era el auto que quería comprar.
__________________________________________________.
7- Él estaba feliz porque obtuvo un 10 en su exámen.
__________________________________________________.
8- Yo no estuve trabajo anoche.
__________________________________________________.
15
PRACTICE
D- Choose the right verb to complete the text.
My name is Bob. Last week I was/were in San Francisco. The weather was/were cloudy and the sun
wasn’t/weren’t So hot. I was/were with my siblings. They was/were exciting about going there. We went
to a baseball game and it was/were awesome. The stadium was/were bustling and the people there
was/were so nice. The view was/were so beautiful. We wasn’t/weren’t happy about going back home.
We wanted to stay longer so we was/were ready to get back when the air company sent a message saying
all flights was/were off due a possible bad weather.
E – Answer the question according to the text above:
1- Where were Bob and his siblings last week?

___________________________________________________________________________
2- How was the weather there?
___________________________________________________________________________
3- Were they happy about San Francisco?
___________________________________________________________________________
4- How was the baseball game?
___________________________________________________________________________
5- Were they happy about going back home?
___________________________________________________________________________
F – Complete the sentences below with was/were/wasn’t/weren’t..
1- John and Bob ___________ at work yesterday, I saw them at the beach.
2- The customers __________ happy with the new manager.
3- Susie ___________ home when the postman went there so, he left the package at the porch.
4- All the people at the festival _________ amazed by the song.
5- The cops _________ in strike for better benefits.
G – Answer the question below about your own information.
1- Where were you last night?

___________________________________________________________
2- Were your parents happy about your grades when you were at school?
____________________________________________________________
3- What was the Weather like last Sunday?
____________________________________________________________
16
LESSON 5 - QUARTER TEST I
READING COMPREHENSION
Bob’s dream
Bob always wanted to be a cop when he was a kid. Every time he watched a movie
about cops he went crazy. He remembers at once he saw a car chase and it was
outstanding. At that day, he said to himself, “This is my future”. He rarely lost an
opportunity to see something about cops.
His city was always quiet so, no much action happened. But every day he checked the
News to see if a call occured.
He often asked his dad to take him to the police station to know how the place was, but
his dad never did. So, he usully kept looking through the Windows to see if any cop
passed by, and it occcionally happened.
Now that he grew up, Every time he has the chance to see a cop, he tries to talk to
them. And once in a while he takes a pie to the police station and share with them.
A- There are 9 frequency adverbs in the text. Underline them and write them down
according to each category.
Indefinite Frequency Adverbs Definite Frequency advebs

________________________ ______________________
________________________ ______________________
________________________ ______________________
________________________ ______________________
________________________ ______________________
B- Identify all the verbs in the list and write them in the present and past form.
Present – Past Present – Past Present – Past
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________
___________________ ___________________ ___________________

17
LESSON 06
PAST CONTINUOUS
Verbs Verbos
I was sleeping. Yo estaba durmiendo.

You were playing. Usted estaba jugando.
He was studying. Él estaba estudiando.
She was dancing. Ella estaba bailando.
it was working. Eso estaba funcionando.
They were hiring. Ellos estaban contratando.
We were walking. Nosotros estábamos caminando.
Ella estaba tomando un exámen difícil la semana
She was taking a hard test last week. pasada.
I was fishing with my friends. Yo estaba pescando con mis amigos.
You were traveling to Istanbul on Monday. Usted estaba viajando a Istanbul el lunes.
They were watching the game after school. Ellos estaban mirando el partido después de clases.
I was doing the dishes when my parentes arrived. Yo estaba lavando los platos cuando mis padres
My dad was going to the store with my mom. llegaron.
He was walking his dog at the park. Mi padre estaba yendo .
We were learning English fast.
Él estaba paseando su perro en el parque.
They were playing the guitar at the show.
Nosotros estábamos aprendiendo inglés rápidamente.
He was working at the theater.
Ellos estaban tocando la guitarra en el show.
It was raining really heavy.
Él estaba trabajando en el teatro.
They were eating pasta in the restaurant.
She was presenting the geography paper. Estaba lloviendo muy fuerte.
We were chatting with our friends. Ellos estaban comiendo pasta en el restaurant.
Ella estaba presentando un informe de geografía.
Nosotros estábamos conversando con nuestros
amigos.
Negative Negativo
She wasn’t watching the soap opera. Ella no estaba mirando la novela..
He wasn’t cleaning his room. Él no estaba limpiando su cuarto.
They weren’t preparing the meals. Ellos no estaban preparando las cenas.
We weren’t studying for the test. Nosotros no estábamos estudiando para el exámen.
My boss wasn’t feeling well yesterday.
Mi jefe no se estaba sintiendo bien ayer.
I wasn’t following the rules..
Yo no estaba siguiendo las reglas.
Were you traveling with your family? ¿Estabas viajando con tu familia?
Was he applying for a new job? ¿Estaba él aplicando para un nuevo empleo?
Was she swimming in the pool? ¿Estaba ella nadando en la piscina?
Was it working properly? ¿Estaba funcionando apropriadamente?
Were they feeling well?
¿Ellos se estaban sintiendo bien?
Were you baking a cake?
¿Estabas horneando un pastel?
18
Conversation 1
Nick – Hi Joe, what were you doing yesterday?
Joe – Hello Nick. I was studying Japanese with my brother.
Nick – Oh, great. Were you teaching him?
Joe – No I wasn’t. I was learning from him.
Nick – I didn’t know your brother knew how to speak Japanese.
Joe – Well, he and his wife were living in Tokyo last year so, they learned.
Conversation 2
Jane – Kate, I noticed you were talking to the teacher about the test.
Kate – Yes, I was trying to make him change his mind and apply the test on
Friday or next week.
Jane – Was he agreeing with you when he nodded?
Kate – Not really, He was nodding on his affirmation, not mine.
Jane – Oh girl, we better be prepared then because he wasn’t playing around.
Kate – No he wasn’t. He was pretty serious about the test.
Spelling rules for –ing form
Eat – eating. Comer Make – making. Hacer

Drink – drinking Beber Write – Writing. Escribir
Speak – speaking Hablar Ride – riding. Montar/Andar(caballo/bicicleta…)
Do – doing Hacer Hope – hoping. Esperar
Study – studying Estudiar Agree – agreeing. Concordar
Play – playing Jugar See – seeing Ver
Work – working Trabajar Die – dying Morir
Cook – cooking Cocinar Tie – tying Amarrar
Learn – learning Aprender Lie – lying Mentir
Jump – jumping Saltar Sit – sitting Sentar
Build – building Construir Cut – cutting Cortar
Walk – walking Caminar Stop – stopping Parar
Make 5 sentences in the past continuous with the verbs given above:
1- _______________________________________________________________________
2- _______________________________________________________________________
3- _______________________________________________________________________
4- _______________________________________________________________________
5- _______________________________________________________________________
19
PRACTICE
A – Unscramble the sentences below and make affirmative, negative and interrogative sentences.
1- Jason / cook / for his friends / was / dinner.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
2- Pat and Jorge / to London / traveling / were.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
3- playing / on the weekend / They / soccer / were.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
4- a movie / Sam / was / last night / watching.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
5- to music / listening / The kids / were / arrived / when / we.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
6- fun / The people / having / a lot of / were / at the park.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
7 – gave / eating / I / The dog / the bone / was.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
20
PRACTICE
B- Complete the paragraph with the verbs in parentheses.
Last month I was ______________(travel) to Hawaii with my Family and we didn’t have a good time at a restaurant
there. We were ____________ (have) breakfast and the waiter spilled some coffee on us whe he was __________
(serve) the table. He wasn’t _____________ (pay) attention to what the was ___________ (do). So, we were really
upset because we were _________ (go) to go downtown right after breakfast.
Jack smith
C – Answer the question according to the text above:
1- Where were Jack and his family last month?

___________________________________________________________________________
2- Were They having dinner at the restaurant?
___________________________________________________________________________
3- Where where they going after eating?
___________________________________________________________________________
4- What did the waiter spill on them?
___________________________________________________________________________
5- Were they happy with the waiter?
___________________________________________________________________________
D – Complete the sentences below with the verbs given:
1- John and Bob ______________ (tell) their friends a funny story about their trip.
2- I ______________ (do) the laundry when my phone rang.
3- Susie ______________(listen) to music last night.
4- My friend and I ______________ (have) dinner at home When the lights went off.
5- The cops ______________ (run) after the bandits who robbed a bank.
E – Answer the question below about your own information.
1- What were you doing at this time yesterday?

___________________________________________________________
2- Where were your parents living before they got married?
____________________________________________________________
3- Where were you traveling to on your last vacation?
____________________________________________________________
21
LESSON 07
THERE TO BE - PRESENT
Verbs (Expression) Verbos (Expresión)
There is Hay/ Existe

There are Hay/Existen
There is a car on the street. Hay un coche en la calle.

There are cars on the street. Hay coches en la calle.
There is a man walking his dog. Hay un hombre paseando a su perro.
There are two men walking their dogs. Hay dos hombres paseando a sus perros.
There is something I need to tell you. Hay algo que necesito decirte.
There are some things I need to tell you. Hay algunas cosas que necesito decirte.
There is a book in the box. Hay un libro en la caja.
There are books in the box. Hay libros en la caja.
There is one student in the classroom. Hay un alumno en el aula.
There are thirty students in the classroom. Hay treinta alumnos en el aula.
There’s milk in the fridge. Hay leche en el refrigerador.
There are many people working today. Hay muchas personas trabajando hoy.
There’s only one way to do that. Hay una manera de hacer eso.
There are some options for you. Existen algunas opciones para tí.
There’s only one thing to do. Hay una sola cosa que hacer.
There are forty people applying for the position. Hay cuarenta personas aplicando para el puesto.
There is a book on your desk. Hay un libro en el escritorio.
There are at least 200 people there. Hay al menos doscientas personas ahí.
There’s a new movie coming up. Hay una nueva película que se estrena.
There are two buildings next to my house. Hay dos edificios cerca de mi casa.
Negative Negativo
There isn’t a car on the street. No hay un coche en la calle.

There aren’t cars on the street. No hay coches en la calle.
There isn’t anyone in the park. No hay nadie en el parque.
There aren’t twenty-five players in the field. No hay veinticinco jugadores en el campo.
There is nothing to tell you. No hay nada que decirte.
There aren’t enough people to help. No hay suficientes personas para ayudar.
There’s not a book in the box. No hay un libro en la caja.
There are not books in the box. No hay libros en la caja.
Is there a car on the street? ¿Hay un auto en la calle?

Are there cars on the street? ¿Hay autos en la calle?
Is there anyone in the park? ¿Hay alguien en el parque?
Are there twenty-five players in the field? ¿Hay veinticinco jugadores en el campo?
Is there any chance of winning? ¿Hay alguna chance de ganar?
Are there enough people to help? ¿Hay suficiente gente para ayudar?
Is there a book in the box? ¿Hay un libro en la caja?
Are there books in the box? ¿Hay libros en la caja?
22
Conversation 1
Bob – Hey Jack, I’m feeling like watching a movie. Is there a good one on TV?
Jack – Yes, there is. There is a nice action movie playing Tonight.
Bob – Geat, let’s order some food then and watch the movie. Are there any
nice places to order good sandwiches around here?
Jack – Yes, there are. Actually, there is a nice one right across the street. I have
a friend who works there.
Bob – Awesome. Is there a menu so I can choose the food?
Jack – Yes, there is. I’m calling my friend right now to ask the menu.
Conversation 2
Bella – Claire, what is there to do in your city?

Claire – Well, there are many places to go. There is a mal, a theater, a park,
there are a few clubs but there isn’t any nightlife bar.
Bella – That’s fantastic. I’ll love it. Are there places to work out?
Claire – Yes, there are many gyms in the ciy. But there aren’t any gyms around
my house.
Bella – That’s ok. We can walk to the gym.
Claire – Sounds like fun to me.
Common mistakes with there is and there are
When we are talking about things or people that exist or we see in a place we don’t use the verb “have”. E.g:
*Have a person in the living room. (Tem uma pessoa na sala de estar). – Wrong
There’s a person in the living room. (Tem uma pessoa na sala de estar). – Correto
The verb “have”, as a main verb, is used to mention possession only or it can be used as an auxiliary verb for
the perfect verb tense.
Another mistake even native speakers make is about the wrong subject-verb agreement when it comes to
number and quantifiers. E.g:
*There’s a lot of people at the mall. (Há muitas pessoas no shopping). – Wrong
There are a lot of people at the mall. (Há muitas pessoas no shopping). – Correct
Now, write five sentences with there is and there are about things you see around you:
1- _______________________________________________________________________
2- _______________________________________________________________________
3- _______________________________________________________________________
4- _______________________________________________________________________
5- _______________________________________________________________________
22
PRACTICE
A – Translate the sentences below into affirmative, negative and interrogative forms.
1- Hay mucha contaminación en las grandes ciudades.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
2- Hay un nuevo club al que podemos ir los fin de semana.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
3- Hay alguien que me ayude a descargar mercadería.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
4- Hay dos hombres extraños afuera de la tienda.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
5- Hay un lindo estante en el dormitorio.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
6- Hay un cine moderno en la ciudad.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
7 – Hay veinticinco estudiantes de inglés para realizar el exámen.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
24
PRACTICE
B- Complete this conversation at a hotel with there is, there are, there isn’t e there aren’t.
Tourist - Excuse me, ___________ an ATM machine around here?

Concierge - Yes, ____________ one right across from the drugstore. Go straight down the street for about two blocks
and then turn left on Oak Rd. You will see it on your right hand side.
Tourist – Ok, and ___________ good restaurants near the hotel? We’re hungry and need to find a place to eat.
Concierge – Yes, ____________ many of them. Take a look at these menus here and _____________ the address
for each one of them.
Tourist – Perfect, I really appreciate it. And one last question. ___________ a grocery store on this street?
Concierge – No, ___________. Actually, __________ no grocery stores in this neighborhood. You’ll have to go downtown to
find one.
C – Choose the right alternative for the sentences below:
1- ___________ many people at the newstand to get the new sport magazine.
a) There is b) There c) There are
2- _________ a group of workers willing to go on strike due low-wage jobs.
a) There b) There are c) There is
3- __________ a lost dog wandering on the street for hours.
a) Have b) There is c) There are
4- How many people ____________ at the party?
a) Is there b) have c) are there
5- ___________ any food left in the fridge. We need to go grocey shopping.
a) There aren’t b) There isn’t c) There have
D – Look at the picture and write sentences about what you see using there is and there are.
1) ___________________________________________________________
2) ___________________________________________________________
3) ___________________________________________________________
4) ___________________________________________________________
5) ___________________________________________________________
6) ___________________________________________________________
7) ___________________________________________________________
25
LESSON 08
THERE TO BE - PAST
Verbs (Expression) Verbos (Expresión)
There was Había, tenía, existía.

There were Había, tenía, existían.
There was someone in the office. Había alguien en la oficina.

There were many people at the mall Habían muchas personas en el shopping.
There was a dog to be adopted. Tenía un perro para ser adoptado.
There were two men fixing the car. Habían dos hombres arreglando el coche.
There was something I needed to tell you. Había algo que tenía que decirte.
There were forty-five students in class. Habían cuarenta y cinco estudiantes en clase.
There was a book in the box. Había un libro en la caja.
There were thirty-eight books in the box. Habían treinta ocho libros en la caja.
There was only one car to be sold. Había sólo un auto para ser vendido.
There were some fruits left. Habían quedado algunas frutas.
There was some milk in the fridge. Había leche en el refrigerador.
There were 2 vacancies until yesterday. Habían dos vacantes hasta ayer.
There was only one option. Había sólo una opción.
There were some options for you. Habían algunas opciones para tí.
There was a cat on the couch. Había un gato en el sofá.
There were 2 dogs barking at us. Habían dos perros en la calle.
There was a nice place downtown. Había un lindo lugar en el centro.
There was a cheap store in Bridgewater. Había una tienda barata en Bridgewater.
There were many places to visit. Habían muchos lugares para visitar.
There were two different paths to choose. Habían dos diferentes caminos para seguir.
Negative Negativo
There wasn’t anyone in the office. No había nadie en la oficina.

There weren’t many people at the mal. No hay mucha gente en el shopping.
There wasn’t a dog to be adopted. No habían perros para ser adoptados.
There weren’t two men fixing the car. No habían dos hombres arreglando el auto.
There was nothing I needed to tell you. No había nada que necesitaba decirte.
There weren’t forty-five students in class. No habían cuarenta y cinco estudiantes en clase.
There wasn’t a book in the box. No había un libro en la caja.
There weren’t thirty-eight books in the box. No habían treinta y ocho libros en la caja.
Was there a car on the street? ¿Había un auto en la calle?

Were there cars on the street? ¿Habían autos en la calle?
Was there anyone in the park? ¿Había alguien en el parque?
Were there twenty-five players in the field? ¿Habían veinticinco jugadores en el campo?
Was there any chance of winning? ¿Había alguna chance de ganar?
Were there enough people to help? ¿Había suficiente gente para ayudar?
Was there a book in the box? ¿Había un libro en la caja?
Were there books in the box? ¿Habían libros en la caja?
26
Conversation 1
Ray – How’s it going Larry? What did you do yesterday?
Larry – Hey Ray. I drove to the beach. There was a rock concert there yesterday.
Ray – Wow, that’s so cool. Were there many people at the concert?
Larry – Oh yeah, there were about two thousand people there. I think it was because there
was a new band playing their new rock style.
Ray – I don’t believe I missed this show, I love rock music.
Larry – How about you? Why weren’t you able to go?
Ray – Well, there were some relatives here at home.
Conversation 2
Bella – Claire, what was there to do in Boston?

Claire – Well, there were many places to go. There was this incredible mall we went to and
we shopped till we dropped. There were also many fun places to go.
Bella – What a shame I didn’t go there with you. Were there places to enjoy nature?
Claire – Sure there were. They care a lot about green so, there was Much green to see.
Bella – One last thing. Were there many foreigners where you stayed?
Claire – Yep, there were many of them. Boston is a touristic city here many people go to.
Reading comprehension and culture.
Have you seen the movie “Titanic”? Have you ever wondered what was actually there on it?
We investigated and found that there were many lifeboats but there were 2000 passengers when it sailed
from Southampton, so definitely there weren’t enough boats for everybody.
Of course there was an enormous difference between the traveling conditions among the classes of
passengers. For example, in first and second class there was a varied library, here there were many tables
where passengers wrote letters to their families, or sit comfortably to read or write on their diaries. For men,
there was a nice barbershop; there was also a dark room with all the materials to develop photos, because
photography was a very new hobby. There was a gymnasium and a swimming pool with salt water too. If
passengers wanted to relax, they could go to the deck, where there were a lot of chairs to lie down and rest.
On board, there were hundreds of men who liked to gamble and of course there were a lot of them playing
cards or board games. Maybe some of them would go and smoke a cigar since there was also a smoking
room on the ship. There was even a newspaper on board “The Atlantic Daily Bulletin”. All the entertainment
was there only for first and second class passengers, the ones in third class had to invent it by themselves.
There were songs and some dancing.
There were a lot of pets traveling with their owners. There were nine dogs, four hens and roosters, 30
cockerels, one yellow canary and the ship's cat named Jenny. Five of the dogs stayed with their owners in
their cabins. After the Titanic went down, only three dogs and a canary survived the sinking.
Adapted text from BBC (2004) Life a board [electronic document]. Last retrieved on September 15th, 2016 from
https://www.bbc.co.uk/southampton/features/titanic/onboard1.shtml
Extracted from:
https://avi.cuaed.unam.mx/repositorio/moodle/pluginfile.php/49/mod_resource/content/32/contenido/index.html
27
PRACTICE
1- Habían quince empleados de vacaciones.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
2- Habían muchas tiendas de ropa en ese centro comercial.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
3- Había un gran supermercado en el barrio.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
4- Había diferentes formas de viajar en el pasado.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
5- Habían dos personas buscándote.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
6- Había un gran lago aquí antes de que se construyera la ciudad.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
7 – Hubo muchas evidencia sobre conspiraciones en la Segunda Guerra Mundial.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
28
PRACTICE
B- Complete this conversation with there was, there were, there wasn’t e there weren’t.
A – Hi Vic. How was your trip to the USA?

B – It was pretty nice Josh. But when I got to the hotel I was thirsty but ___________ any bottle of water at the front desk.
A – I don’t believe it!! __________ a vending machine at the lobby?
B – Yes, __________. But __________ many people working at that day so _________ anyone to fill the empty slots of the
machine.
A – Well, it’s a hotel so They need to have more people available to work. I’m sure __________ other people dealing with the
same problem you had.
B – Yes, __________ many others complaining about the service and some of them were complaining because __________
all the items offered on their website.
C – Choose the right alternative for the sentences below:
1- ___________ many people at the newstand to get the morning newspaper.

a) There was b) There c) There were
2- _________ a group of workers willing to go on strike due low-wage jobs.
a) There is b) There were c) There was
3- __________ a lost dog wandering on the street for hours.
a) Have b) There was c) There were
4- How many people ____________ at the party?
a) was there b) had c) were there
5- ___________ any food left in the fridge. We had to go grocey shopping.
a) There weren’t b) There had c) There was
D – Now, tell us about things there was and there weren’t at a hotel you stayed recently.
1) ___________________________________________________________
2) ___________________________________________________________
3) ___________________________________________________________
4) ___________________________________________________________
5) ___________________________________________________________
6) ___________________________________________________________
7) ___________________________________________________________
29
LESSON 09
VERBOS CAUSATIVOS
Verbs Verbos
To let Dejar/Permitir
To make Hacer
To help Ayudar
To have Tener
To get Conseguir
To want Querer
To ask Pedir / Preguntar
To tell Contar / Decir
I usually let my kids stay out late. Usualmente le permito a mis niños se queden hasta tarde.
She always makes them do the dishes. Ella siempre hace que ellos laven los platos.
They have their hair cut at the barber. Ellos tienen su cabello cortado en la barbería.
He gets his kids to help him with his tasks. Él deja que sus niños lo ayuden con sus tareas.
My wife is always telling me to quit smoking. Mi esposa está siempre diciéndome que deje de fumar.
My parentes want me to study law. Mis padres quieren que estudie leyes.
They need to ask me to go to the bank for them. Ellos necesitan pedirme de ir al banco para ellos.
My kids help me clean the house. Mis niños me ayudan a limpiar la casa.
They help him to wash the car. Ellos lo ayudan a lavar su coche.
He asked his friend to help him. Él le pidió a su amigo que le ayudara.
We told them to stop drinking when driving. Falamos para ele parar de beber quando estiver dirigindo.
The cops let the robbers get away. Los policías dejaron que los ladrones escaparan.
The girls had their nails done before the weeding. Las muchachas se hicieron las uñas antes de la boda.
You make your kids study hard. Usted hace que sus hijos estudien mucho.
They get their parents to do the grocery shopping. Ellos hacen que sus padres hagan las compras de almacén.
She tells his boyfriend to call her often. Ella le dice a su novio que la llame seguido.
Negative Negativo
They don’t have their hair cut at the barber. Ellos no tienen su corte de cabello en la barbería.
He Doesn’t get his kids to help him with his tasks. Él no permite que sus hijos lo ayuden con sus tareas.
My parents don’t want me to study law. Mis padres no quieren que estudie leyes.
They don’t need to ask me to go to the bank for them. Ellos no necesitan pedirme que vaya al banco por ellos.
My kids don’t help me clean the house. Mis niños no me ayudan a limpiar la casa.
They don’t help him to wash the car. Ellos no lo ayudaron a lavar el coche.
He didn’t ask his friend to help him. Él no le pidió a su amigo que lo ayude.
We didn’t tell them to stop drinking when driving. Nosotros no les dijimos que dejen de beber cuando manejan.
You don’t make your kids study hard. Usted no hace que sus niños estudien mucho.
Do they have their hair cut at the barber? ¿Ellos hacen su corte de pelo en la barbería?
Does he get his kids to help him with his tasks? ¿Él deja que sus niños lo ayuden con sus tareas?
Do my parentes want me to study law? ¿Mis padres quieren que yo estudie leyes?
Do they need to ask me to go to the bank for them? ¿Ellos necesitan pedirme que vaya al banco por ellos?
Do my kids help me clean the house? ¿Mis niños me ayudan a limpiar la casa?
Do they help him to wash the car? ¿Ellos lo ayudan a él a lavar el coche?
Did he ask his friend to help him? ¿Él le pide a su amigo que lo ayude?
Did we tell them to stop drinking when driving? ¿Nosotros les dijimos que dejen de beber cuando manejan?
Do you make your kids study hard? ¿Usted hace que sus niños estudien mucho?
30
Conversation 1
Ray – Yesterday was a hard day for me at school.
Larry – My mom made me hel her with the chores.
Ray – Oh, don’t say that! My parents are always asking me to do the chores.
Larry – And then they didn’t let me go to the manicure to get my nails done.
Ray – Are you kidding? We have to get our nails done because we’re going to the party on
Friday. I’ll try to have the manicure come over.
Larry – That’d be fantastic.
Ray – By the way, let me use your phone to ask them to come.
Conversation 2
Bella – Claire, why didn’t you call me last night?

Claire – I’m sorry, Bella. My boss asked me to work overtime and I didn’t get the chance to
make a phone call to you.
Bella – Oh, I understand. Why did he ask you to stay late?
Claire – Because some of our customers told him if we don’t deliver the project on time,
They will have to get another company to supply them.
Bella – Well, They’re really tough to deal with.
Claire – Yes, and then they wanted me to help them accomplish the job well.
Read the statements below and circle the causative verbs presented.
1- My parents have their own company. You know, They sell all different kinds of bottled water. And they want
me to get involved in that and be part of it. Like, my mom wants me to learn more about bottled water and
everything. I’m not relly into it but... mom says she’ll teach me all about it when I finish college. She really
wants me to work with her.
2- I’m an engineering student. School’s good, but it’s pretty difficult, you know? I mean, I have classes and
then I work part-time too, so I never seem to have much time for anything else. My parentes are always
complaining because they don’t see me very often. I mean, they get me to go home for every Holiday, but
they also want us to talk more on the phone, like once a week, too.
3- I really have to do some thinking about what I’m going to do with my life. You see, I want to see the world
before I get a real job. I never get the chance to go anywhere. But my parentes Always let me make my own
decisions, like they didn’t make me go to college or anything. The only thing they worry about is that I won’t
find someone and they won’t have grandchildren, you know, that I’ll never settle down and have kids. They’re
always telling me to think about the future.
4- My parentes are trying to get me to go back to Toronto – they really want me to be closer to them. They’re
getting older, you know, and they don’t want me to live so far away. When I visit them, They have me fix
things around the house and help out. So yeah, it’d be good to be like na hour’s drive from them or
something. I told my mom I was thinking of moving, and she said, “Oh great. I’ll help you find a nice apartment
near here.” And I said, “Mom, I don’t mean I’m going to be your neighbor!”.
5- I’m in a rock band, you know. I play the drums. We perform almost every weekend at clubs around town.
It’s fun! My parents are Ok with it.... After all, they paid for my music lessons When I was a kid, and made me
practice, too! But they don’t like how I look, I mean, my clothes, and long hair and everything. They just don’t
think I dress well, so they’re Always trying to get me to change the way I look.
31
PRACTICE
1- Mis padres no me permiten quedarme hasta tarde.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
2- Me hacen volver a casa a las 10p.m

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
3- Rebecca hace que sus hijos limpien la casa todos los días.
Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
4- Quiero estudiar leyes pero mis padres quieren que estudie ingenieria.
Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
5- Mi hermano no me deja quedarme con el control remoto.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
6- Mi esposa me sigue pidiendo que conduzca más lento.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
7 – Mi madre no podía hacerme comer vegetales.

Affirmative: __________________________________________________________________
Negative: ___________________________________________________________________
Interrogative: ___________________________________________________________________
32
PRACTICE
B- Choose the correct verbs to complete the sentences.
1- When I was a young boy, my brothers ____________ me walk downtown by myself. (got / let)
2- My mom always made me __________ to bed early. (go / to go)
3- My mother couldn’t _________ me to eat vegetables. I was a picky eater! (make / get)
4- My cousin never lets me _________ his cell phone. (use / to use)
5- My parents ________ me to spend more time with them. (want / have)
6- My girlfriend is always telling me _________ more exercise. (get / to get) Causative
7- I always ________ my maid make dinner before she leaves. (have / get) verbs
8- Do you think kids ___________ their parents do the dishes. (get / help)
9- My parents always say they want me _________ happy, not rich. (to be / be)
10- I usually __________ my parents know when I stay out late. (let / have)
C – Match the first column to the second column:
1- My teacher asks me do the chores of the house.

2- I sometimes help my mother to do my homework.
3- Jeff had his brother cousin help him with his homework.
4- Barbara Always tells others to do the dishes after dinner.
5- I don’t like When my mother makes me to try new things.
D – Complete the sentences with your own information:
1) My boss wants me to __________________________________________________________________________

2) My wife ofte asks me __________________________________________________________________________
3) The teacher sometimes has us __________________________________________________________________
4) I always tell my sister __________________________________________________________________________
5) I don’t get my relatives _________________________________________________________________________
6) Grandparents should let their grandchildren _________________________________________________________
7) My neighbors sometimes help me ________________________________________________________________
8) I can’t get my co-workers _______________________________________________________________________
9) My kids always have me ________________________________________________________________________
10) I’m Always telling my friends _____________________________________________________________________
In conversation people say “help + verb”

10 times more than “verb + to + verb”
33
LESSON 10 - QUARTER TEST II
Bob’s job.
When Bob was working as a cop, there was always something to deal with. His
coworkers were requesting him to get done all the reports for the cases they had. Cases
of robbery were incrising in the city which made him work more. There were many
cases about bank robbery at that time. Bob was getting worried about that and
proposed hiring more cops to help them.
The police chief was also planning to bring more cops to the Corporation but there was
an issue to solve. The candidates for the selection had to be from the surrondings
counties because the limit of hiring in their county was reached.
So, now there is a selection process for the recruitment and there are many candidates
already. There’s also a fee the candidate has to pay to participate. There are 2 test for
those chosen which are the written test and a physical test. Bob had his request worked
out the way he thought.
A- Answer the questions about the text above:

1- What was Bob working as?
__________________________________________________________
2- What was the request from his coworkers?
__________________________________________________________
3- Which cases of robbery were incrising in the city?
__________________________________________________________
4- What was the police chief planning to do?
__________________________________________________________
5- Are there many candidates for the recruitment?
__________________________________________________________
6- Are there any tests to be applied for the position?
__________________________________________________________
B- Write down at least 5 sentences from the text which present causative verbs:
1 __________________________________________________________
2 __________________________________________________________
3 __________________________________________________________
4 __________________________________________________________
5 __________________________________________________________
34
LESSON 11
CUANTIFICADORES
Quantifiers Cuantificadores
Much Mucho/mucha
Many Muchos / Muchas
A lot of Mucho (de)
A few Algunos/ algunas
Few Pocos/pocas
A little Un poco
Little Poco/ poca
I have much work to do today. Yo tengo mucho trabajo por hacer hoy.
We have many friends at school. Nosotros tenemos muchos amigos en la escuela.
There are a lot of workers at the construction. Hay muchos trabajadores en la construcción.
She has a few friends who help her out. Ella tiene algunos amigos que la ayudan.
Josh has few foreign friends. Josh tiene algunos amigos extranjeros.
They drank a little water yesterday. Ellos bebieron un poco de agua ayer.
They drank little water yesterday. Ellos bebieron poca agua ayer.
We need a lot of money to travel to the USA. Nosotros necesitamos mucho dinero para viajar a USA.
They bought a lot of things at the mall. Ellos compraron muchas cosas en el shopping.
She has much money in her purse. Ella tiene mucho dinero en su billetera.
He traveled for many days. Él viajó por muchos días.
The company hired a few employees. La compañía contrató algunos empleados nuevos.
There were few people at the park due the pandemic. Habían pocas personas en el parque por la pandemia.
They save a little money every month. Ellos ahorraron un poco de dinero cada mes.
We had little money to spend at the amusement park. Teníamos poco dinero para gastar en el parque de
A lof of people got infected by the virus. diversiones.
Muchas personas se infectaron por el virus.
Negative Negativo
He doesn’t have much money to go out. Él no tiene mucho dinero para salir.
I didn’t have many tools to fix the car. Yo no tengo muchas herramientas para reparar el coche.
My parents don’t buy a lot of things. Mis padres no me compran muchas cosas.
There is no much sugar on the cake. No hay mucha azúcar en la torta.
She doesn’t have many issues to solve. Ella no tiene muchos problemas para solucionar.
I don’t take many items when I go camping. Yo no llevo muchos artículos cuando voy a acampar.
We don’t have a lot of fruits in the fridge. Nosotros no tenemos muchas frutas en la heladera.
They don’t have a lot of relatives abroad.. Ellos no tienen muchos parientes en el exterior.
You don’t have to make noise when cooking. Tú no tienes que hacer mucho ruido cuando estás cocinando.
How much water do you drink every day? ¿Cuánta agua debes beber todos los días?
How many glasses of water do you drink every day? ¿Cuántos vasos de agua bebes todos los días?
How many siblings do you have? ¿Cuántos hermanos tienes?
How much money do you need? ¿Cuánto dinero necesitas?
How many people were there at the party? ¿Cuántas personas habían en la fiesta?
How much pollution can a car emit? ¿Cuánta polución un coche puede emitir?
How much time do you need for the test? ¿Cuánto tiempo necesitas para el exámen?
How many students are there in your class? ¿Cuántos estudiantes había en tu clase?
How many English books do you have? ¿Cuántos libros de inglés tienes?
35
Conversation 1
Michael – Nathan, I didn’t buy much milk this week, Can you get me some if you have?.
Nathan – Sorry Michael, I have little milk in the fridge.
Michael – That’s ok, I need to go to the grocery shop anyway to get a few things.
Nathan – As you’re going grocery shopping, do you mind buying some more milk for me?
Michael – Sure, I don’t mind it at all. I have a lot of time today and I can also get a few more
things if you need.
Nathan – Oh, I appreciate Michael, but I have little money on me so, let’s stick to the plan.
Michael – Ok then, but if you change your mind, give me a call.
Conversation 2
Sarah – Peter, How many bottles of wine do you have in your house?
Peter – I have a few bottles left from the last party we had. Do you need some?
Sarah – Yeah, I don’t have much wine here. I have only few bottles.
Peter – Last time I went to the liquor store I bought I lot of wine because I use little wine on
my recipes so, I always need to have a little wine in the fridge.
Sarah – That’s something I need to have in mind. I never buy enough.
Peter – By the way, how Much is enough for you? Try to get many bottles on your next
shopping.
Some other quantifiers you can use with countable and uncountable nouns.
all some more a lot of enough
no any most lots of less
- I have to talk to all of them to make sure they understand what I’m saying.
- I have no money at all to buy what I need.
- There are some people waiting for me at the office.
- Do you have any children? I don’t have any.
- People need to have more friends in their lives. Quantifiers
- The child has to drink more milk.
- New York has the most sightseeings in the world. Much / Many
- I don’t have enough time to study at home. Few / Little
- There are enough players in the field.
- Usually seniors have less work to do then Juniors.
- After the pandemic, there are less people on the streets.
A FEW = Pocos/pocas/algunos. Es de poca A LITTLE = Poco/poca; Es de poca cantidad pero

cantidad de aceptable (Para contables). aceptable. (Para incontables)
FEW = Pocos/pocas/ Insuficiente podrían ser LITTLE = Poco/poca; insuficiente; podría ser
más. (Para contables) más. (Para incontables)
36
PRACTICE
A – Complete the sentences with the correct quntifiers.
1- I don’t have ________________ money to buy that house. I have only half of it
a) much b) many c) a few d) enough
2- She has _________ pair of shoes in her closet. Now she wants to give some away.
a) a little b) many c) enough d) many
3- David is buying ___________ milk for the cats and he shouldn’t.
a) much b) a little c) many d) few
4- I only have __________ time fo spend with my family over the weekends.
a) a lot of b) a few c) a little d) much
5- Is there _____________ unemployment in your city?
a) much b) some c) less d) many
6- How ___________ money do you need to buy this car?
a) less b) many c) much d) little
7- How ___________ cars are there in the parking lot?
a) Many b) enough c) much d) lots of
8- Was there ___________ food for everyone at the party? Yes, there was, everyone was satisfied.
a) A lot of b) much c) enough d) a few
9- It rained very ________ last summer, that’s why we didn’t have __________ green.
a) Few / many b) much / less c) little / much d) a lot of / enough
10- _________ of the employees in the company got a gift from the director.
a) Much b) a lot c) less d) most
B- Complete the Paragraph with the words given in the box.
most enough few much

little enough a few some
few years ago I went to a county in the states of New Hampshire and I noticed that very __________
people were wearing heavy clothes in the winter. There was __________ snow all over the place and ___________
people didn’t feel the cold. I was astonished by it. So, I went to a clothing store to buy _________ extra clothes and I saw
a small kid looking at the jackets but seeming to have __________ money. I got close to him and I asked if he had
__________ money to buy any jacket and he sadly said he didn’t. Well, I had ____________ money to buy my clothes
and also his. Then I bought him a jacket and I asked him to choose ___________ pair of socks. He was so happy at that
moment.
37
PRACTICE
C- Translate the sentences below:
1- No hay mucha leche en la heladera.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- A veces bebo poca agua ya que no tengo tiempo para detenerme.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Tenemos poco tiempo. Vamos a tomar un café.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- Usted tiene algunas cosas por hacer tendrás que trabajar horas extras.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Muchas personas trabajan desde casa este año.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Pocos trabajadores van a trabajar en la oficia.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Hay muchas frutas en la frutera, toma algunos para llevar a la escuela.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿Cuánto dinero necesitas para viajar por el mundo?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- ¿Cuántas ciudades hay en su estado?
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Yo necesito un poco de tiempo de descanso.
_____________________________________________________________________________
D – Now it’s your turn to make sentences with the quantifiers learned:
1- ______________________________________________________________________________________
2- ______________________________________________________________________________________
3- ______________________________________________________________________________________
4- ______________________________________________________________________________________
5- ______________________________________________________________________________________
6- ______________________________________________________________________________________
7- ______________________________________________________________________________________
38
LESSON 12
WILL – FUTURO SIMPLE
Verbs Verbos
I will study Yo estudiaré.

You will play Usted jugará.
She will go Ella irá.
He will travel Él viajará.
It will fall Eso caerá.
We will learn Nosotros aprenderemos.
They will run Ellos correrán.
I’ll travel to the USA next year. Yo viajaré a USA el año que viene.
We’ll go to the stadium on Sunday. Nosotros iremos al estadio el domingo.
He will buy a new car when he gets the money. Él comprará un auto nuevo cuando consiga el dinero.
She’ll go to the club with her friends. Ella irá al club con sus amigos.
Danny will play checkers with his dad. Danny jugará damas con su padre.
They’ll need another job. Ellos necesitaran otro trabajo.
We’ll learn English fast at Aliança. Nosotros aprenderemos inglés rápido en Alianza.
They boys will run the marathon. Los chicos correrán rápido en el maratón.
I’ll fall if anyone ties it up. Eso caerá si nadie lo amarra.
You’ll need some help to accomplish the tasks. Usted necesitará ayuda para realizar tareas.
He’ll sell his house next month. Él venderá su casa el mes siguientes.
I’ll help him with his homework. Yo lo ayudaré a él con sus tareas.
She will walk her dog at night. Ella saca a pasar su perro en la noche.
They’ll apply for the position. Ellos aplicaran para el puesto.
The company will hire more employees this month. La compañía contratará más empleados este mes.
It will rain Paulorrow. Lloverá mañana en Paulorrow.
Negative Negativo
He will not be able to work tomorrow. Él no estará disponible para trabajar mañana.
I won’t drive to work today. Yo no voy a conducir al trabajo hoy.
She won’t graduate if she keeps missing classes. Ella no va a graduarse si sigue perdiendo clases.
There won’t be a party for us. No va haber una fiesta para nosotros.
They won’t play soccer this weekend. Ellos no jugarán fútbol este fin de semana.
You won’t play vídeo game if you don’t do your chores. Tú no jugarás videojuegos si tú no haces los quehaceres.
We won’t go to the restaurant this month. Nosotros no iremos a un restaurant este mes.
It won’t work properly without maintenance. Eso no funcionará correctamente sin mantenimiento.
We will not do it without your permission. Nosotros no haremos eso sin tu permiso.
Will you buy me a snack? I’m hungry. ¿Me comprarías un snack? Tengo hambre.
Will she learn English at Aliança America? ¿Ella aprenderá inglés en Alianza América?
Will we do the job with the other workers. ¿Haremos el trabajo con los demás trabajadores?
Will the school be opened on holidays? ¿Estará colegio abierto en vacaciones?
Will They bring me the items I asked? ¿Ellos me traerán los artículos que pedí?
Will you lend me some money? ¿Me prestarías algo de dinero?
Will you pay me back in 10 days? ¿Me devolverás el dinero en 10 días?
Will he ask her to marry him? ¿Me pedirá que me case con él?
Will she accept his apologies? ¿Aceptará ella sus disculpas?
39
Conversation 1
Greg – Hello Paul. I have a challenge for you. Will you accept it?.
Paul – Yes, I will. I’ll never run from a challenge. What is it?
Greg – It’s a tongue twister. Let’s do it?
Paul – Oh yeah. Which one will it be?
Greg – It will be the one about the word “CAN”. You’ll have to say it fast!
Paul – Sounds good. Will you do it first to show me how it is?
Greg – Sure I will. “Can you can a can as a canner can can a can”?
Paul – I won’t do it the way you said. I’ll do it like this... .
Conversation 2
Sarah – Peter, I won’t be able to work tomorrow because I’ll have to go to the doctor.
Peter – Ok Sarah. What’s wrong with you? Are you feeling sick?
Sarah – Not really. I’ll just run some exams to make sure my health is fine.
Peter – I understand. Will you need someone to cover you while you’re off?
Sarah – No, I won’t. I antecipated some tasks this morning.
Peter – Thank goodness. Well, I definitely hope everything goes ok with your exams. One
last question – Will you bring me a medical statement not to deduct the day from your
payment?
Sarah – Yes, I will. Don’t worry.
Remember: *There’s no variation when conjugate “will” with the subjects:
I will I’ll I will not I’ll not I won’t Will I?

You will You’ll You will not You’ll not You won’t Will you?
He will He’ll He will not He’ll not He won’t Will he?
She will She’ll She will not She’ll not She won’t Will she?
It will It’ll It will not It’ll not It won’t Will it?
We will We’ll We will not We’ll not We won’t Will we?
They will They’ll They will not They’ll not They won’t Will they?
CURIOSITY
Will, will Will will Will Will's will?

Will (a person), will (future tense helping verb) Will (a second person) will (bequeath) [to] Will (a third person) Will's (the second
person) will (a document)? (Someone asked Will 1 directly if Will 2 plans to bequeath his own will, the document, to Will 3.)
40
PRACTICE
A – Rewrite the sentences using the simple future auxiliary “Will”.
1- Susie goes to the movies on Sunday

__________________________________________________________________________
2- They work every Friday from now on.
__________________________________________________________________________
3- Peter buys a house for his mom and dad.
__________________________________________________________________________
4- I lend some money to my siblings.
__________________________________________________________________________
5- She uses her husband’s car to go to work.
__________________________________________________________________________
B- Correct the mistakes in the sentences below:
1- Jeff will travels to the USA with his family.

__________________________________________________________________________
2- Do you will work for this company next year?
__________________________________________________________________________
3- We wills buy a new car because ours is getting old.
__________________________________________________________________________
4- Jane and Mary will sell all the crop of this season to Europe?
__________________________________________________________________________
5- According to the weather forecast, it’s will rain tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________________
C- Write sentences about your future:
1- __________________________________________________________________________
2- __________________________________________________________________________
3- __________________________________________________________________________
4- __________________________________________________________________________
5- __________________________________________________________________________
41
PRACTICE
D- Translate the sentences below:
1- Iré a buscar a mis hijas después del trabajo.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Iré a comprar al supermercado una mesa nueva.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Viajaré a París el año que viene.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Ayudarás a tu madre con las tareas este fin de semana?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- El año próximo me voy a graduar y luego tendré una gran fiesta.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Algunas personas trabajarán el domingo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Ella irá a visitar a su hermana en Reino Unido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿La vacunación salvará a toda la población mundial?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- Si usted no reduce la velocidad provocará un accidente.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Hoy dormiré temprano porque tengo levantarme temprano para estudiar para el exámen.
_____________________________________________________________________________
E – Change the sentences into negative and interrogative forms:
1- I will work out at the gym.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
2- The president will give a speech at the White House Conference Center.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
3- I’ll be in the office tomorrow morning.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
42
LESSON 13
FUTURO SIMPLE – “BE GOING TO”
Expression Expresión
To be going to Expresión auxiliar de futuro.
I’m going to drink some coffee. Voy a beber café.
He is going to play soccer on weekends. Él va a jugar fútbol los fin de semanas.
The manager is going to fire the worker. Él gerente va a despedir a un trabajador.
They are going to go to the party. Ellos irán a la fiesta.
My parents are going to buy me a new car. Mis padres me comprarán un coche nuevo.
We are going to learn more at Aliança. Nosotros aprenderemos más en Alianza.
We are going to drive to work. Nosotros conduciremos al trabajo.
She is going to go out with her friends. Ella saldrá con sus amigos.
It is going to appear in the sky. Eso aparecer.
You’re going to sell all the stocks. Tú venderás todas las acciones.
The cars are going to block the road. Los coches bloquearán la entrada.
He is going to attend all the classes. Él va a asistir a todas las clases.
The teacher is going to give us lots of homework. El profesor nos dará mucha tarea.
I’m going to sleep early today. Iré a dormir temprano hoy.
They’re going to eat at a fancy restaurant. Nosotros iremos a comer a un restaurant fino.
We’re going to order a nice meal tonight. Pediremos una linda cena esta noche.
The driver is going to take her in the morning. El conductor la recogerá por la mañana.
The kids are going to love the trip. Los niños amarán el viaje.
The price of gas is going to increase even more. El precio del gas se incrementará incluso más.
She is going to play wih her kids. Ella jugará con sus hijos.
Negative Negativo
He isn’t going to work tomorrow. Él no irá a trabajar mañana.
I’m not going to the party with you. No iré a la fiesta contigo.
She isn’t going to travel next month. Ella no viajará el mes próximo.
They aren’t going to keep the job. Ellos no conservarán su empleo.
We aren’t going to study law. Nosotros no estudiaremos leyes.
He isn’t going to visit his relatives in New York. Él no visitará a sus familiares en Nueva York.
They aren’t going to accept the rules. Ellos no aceptarán las reglas.
It isn’t going to be cold tonight. Estará frío esta noche.
You’re not going to work with this system. Tú no trabajarás con este sistema.
She’s not going to be part of the team. Ella no es parte de el equipo.
You’re not going to go bowling today. Tu no irás a los bolos hoy.
Are you going to study French with me? ¿Estudiarás Francés conmigo?
Is he going to go to the movies this weekend? ¿Ira al cine este fin de semana?
Are they going to write the reports today? ¿Escribirán ellos los reportes hoy?
Is he going to eat the soup I made? ¿Él tomará la sopa que hice?
Is she going to become the president next election? ¿Se convertirá ella en presidente en las próximas elecciones?
Is it going to rain more this year? ¿Lloverá más este año?
Are we going to get a nice gift? ¿Recibiremos un hermoso regalo?
Are you going to get your hair done? ¿Te irás a cortar el cabello?
Is she going to go to the mall alone? ¿Irá ella al shopping sola?
43
Conversation 1
Greg – What’s up Paul? Are you going to watch the game tonight?
Paul – No much Greg. Sorry buddy, I’m not. I’m going to study for an English test tomorrow.
Greg – You’re kidding?? The Dragons are going to play. That’s the game of the year!
Paul – I know. It’s a pity I’m going to miss it but the test is important.
Greg – Yes, dude! I’m going to study as well... But only after the game.
Paul – Aren’t you going to call Mat and Doug to watch it with you?
Greg – No, I’m not. I think I’m also going to study for the test.
Paul – Great! We are going to ace it!
Conversation 2
Sarah – How are you, Peter?

Peter – I’m pretty good, Sarah. How about you?
Sarah – I’m fine, as well. Peter are you going to send the goods on the next vessel?
Peter – Yes, I am, Sarah. All the shipments are going to be load on the next vessel.
Sarah – Ok, Thank you! One more thing – Are you going to send the invoices and the
packing list with the shipment or by mail?
Peter – I’m going to send them by air so you can receive them fast
Sarah – Thank you for you cooperation!
Reading comprehension:
Daisy is a very busy woman. Tomorrow she is going to wake up very early because he has a doctor’s
appointment at 07 o’clock. After the doctor she is going to run to her office to schedule some meetings with her
customers. She is also going to try to close a very profitable deal with a company she is dealing for a while.
At noon, she is going to pick up her kids at school and take them home to have lunch. After lunch she is going to
go back to her office to make some phone calls and prepare everything for the next day.
After work she is going to take her kids to an amusement park settle near her house and she promised them she
is going to ride the toys with them. They are definitely going to have some fun!!
Answer the question according to the text. Give full answers.
1- Where is Daisy going to go very early in the morning?

______________________________________________________________
2- What is she going to do in her office right after she gets there?
______________________________________________________________
3- What time is she going o pick her kids up?
______________________________________________________________
4- What is she going to do after lunch?
______________________________________________________________
5- Where is she going to take her kids?
______________________________________________________________
44
PRACTICE
A – Rewrite the sentences in the simple future using the expression “GOING TO”.
1- Susie goes to the movies on Sunday

__________________________________________________________________________
2- They work every Friday from now on.
__________________________________________________________________________
3- Peter buys a house for his mom and dad.
__________________________________________________________________________
4- I lend some money to my siblings.
__________________________________________________________________________
5- She uses her husband’s car to go to work.
__________________________________________________________________________
1- Jeff are going to travel to the USA with his family.

__________________________________________________________________________
2- Do you are going to work for this company next year?
__________________________________________________________________________
3- We is going to buy a new car because ours is getting old.
__________________________________________________________________________
4- Jane and Mary will going to sell all the crop of this season to Europe?
__________________________________________________________________________
5- According to the weather forecast, it’s going rains tomorrow.
__________________________________________________________________________
C- Write sentences about your future using the expression GOING TO.
1- __________________________________________________________________________
2- __________________________________________________________________________
3- __________________________________________________________________________
4- __________________________________________________________________________
5- __________________________________________________________________________
45
PRACTICE
D- Translate the sentences below using the expression GOING TO.
1-Iré a buscar a mis hijas después del trabajo.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2-Iré a comprar al supermercado una mesa nueva.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3-Viajaré a París el año que viene.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Ayudarás a tu madre con las tareas este fin de semana?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- El año próximo me voy a graduar y luego tendré una gran fiesta.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6-Algunas personas trabajarán el domingo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7-Ella irá a visitar a su hermana en Reino Unido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8-¿La vacunación salvará a toda la población mundial?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- Si usted no reduce la velocidad provocará un accidente.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Hoy dormiré temprano porque tengo levantarme temprano para estudiar para el exámen.
_____________________________________________________________________________
E – Change the sentences into negative and interrogative forms:
1- I’m going to work out at the gym.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
2- The president is going to give a speech at the White House Conference Center.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
3- I’m going to be in the office tomorrow morning.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
46
LESSON 14
FUTURO CONTÍNUO
Verb Verbo
Will be Estará
I’ll be reading a book at this time tomorrow. Yo estaré leyendo un libro a esta hora mañana.
He will be graduating by next year. Él se estará graduando el año que viene .
The manager will be traveling by the time you get back. El gerente estará viajando para el momento en que tu regreses.
They will be buying a house. Ellos estarán comprano una casa.
My parents will be celebrating their 25th anniversary. Mis padres estarán celebrando su aniversarío número 25..
We’ll be speaking fluently by the end of the course. Nosotros estaremos hablando fluídamente para el final del curso.
You’ll be driving home When I call. Tú conducirás acasa cuando te llame.
She will be having a party at her house. Estará dando una fiesta en la casa de ella.
It’ll be falling from the sky. Estará cayendo desde el cielo.
You’ll be drinking a hot chocolate. Usted estará bebiendo un chocolate caliente.
They’ll be opening a new business. Ellos estarán abriendo un nuevo negocio.
He’ll be playing on a professional team. Él estará jugando en un equipo profesional.
The teacher will be applying the test. El profesor estará aplicando para el exámen.
I’ll be sueing you over the deal you made wrongly. Te demandaré por el mal trato que hiciste.
They’ll be painting their house. Ellos estarían pintando su casa.
We’ll be buying a mansion. Estaremos comprando una mansión.
The’ll be drinking with their families. Ellos estarán bebiendo con sus familias.
The kids will be playing on the street. Los niños estarán jugando en la calle.
She’ll be messing up her room. Ella estará desordenando su habitación.
He’ll be fixing the appliances at home. Él estará arreglando electrodomésticos en casa.
Negative Negativo
He won’t be working tomorrow. Él no estará trabajando mañana.
I won’t be going to the party with you. No estaré yendo a la fiesta contigo.
She won’t be traveling next month. Ella no estará viajando el mes próximo.
They won’t be talking to the boss. Ellos no estarán hablando con el jefe.
We won’t be playing at the club. Nosotros no estaremos tocando en el club.
He won’t be visiting his relatives in New York. El no estará visitando familiares en Nuevo York.
They won’t be getting good grades. Él no estará teniendo buenas notas.
I hope It won’t be raining when we go there. Espero que mañana no esté lloviendo cuando llegue.
You won’t be getting a lot of work to do. Usted no estará teniendo mucho trabajo para hacer.
She wont be making part of the team. Ella no estará siendo parte del equipo.
You won’t be bowling with your friends today. Usted no estará jugando a los bolos con sus amigos.
¿Usted estará estudiando francés conmigo?
Will you be studying French with me? ¿Él estará yendo al cine este fin de semana?
Will he be going to the movies this weekend? ¿Se estará graduando el año que viene?
Will they be graduating be next year? ¿Él estará comiendo la sopa que hice?
Will he be eating the soup I made? ¿Ella estará trabajando en una nueva compañía la semana
Will she be working at the new company by next week? próxima?
Will it be raining more this year? ¿Estará lloviendo más este año?
Will we be getting a nice gift on our next birthday? ¿Estaremos recibiendo un lindo presente en nuestro próximo
Will you be going to the new hairdresser ? cumpleaños?
Will she be going to the mall alone? ¿Estarás yendo a la nueva peluquería?
¿Ella estará yendo al shopping sola?
47
Conversation 1
Henry – Hey Jason, I’ll need some help moving tomorrow. What will be doing tomorrow?
Jason – Really, Henry? Are you moving? Well, I’ll be doing some errands for my dad.
Henry – Will you ask him if you could help me?
Jason – Absolutely! By the way, Where will you be moving to?
Henry – I’ll be moving to Foxborough.
Jason – Wow!! So you’ll be watching a lot of games at the Nacional Stadium, right?
Henry – I don’t know about that, Jason. I’m not really into sports so, let’s see.
Jason – Don’t worry. I’ll be visiting you often and then I’ll take you to a game.
Conversation 2
Sarah – Hello Peter. How do you see yourself in 10 Years? Will you be working at a
multinational company?
Peter – I hope so, Sarah. I’m working hard to achieve this goal.
Sarah – You’re on the right path. Keep on the great job!
Peter – I hope I’ll be working at a high position in a company.
Sarah – How about you? What will be doing after you graduate?
Peter – I’m planning to open my own business and then I’ll be making a lot of money.
Sarah – What a girl!
Answer the questions below with your own information:
1- What do you think you’ll be doing at this time next year?

______________________________________________________________
2- Do you think you’ll e living in the same house in twenty Years’ time?
______________________________________________________________
3- What kind of jobs do you think we will be doing fifty years from now?
______________________________________________________________
4- Do you think we will be eating the same kind food twenty years from now?
______________________________________________________________
5- What do you expect you will be doing this time tomorrow?
______________________________________________________________
6- What will you be wearing to work tomorrow?
______________________________________________________________
7- What will you be having for lunch on Sunday?
______________________________________________________________
8- Where will you be traveling to on your next vacation?
______________________________________________________________
9- Who will you be meeting with next week?
______________________________________________________________
48
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below using the future continuous tense.
1- Yo estaré buscaldo a mis hijos al colegio después del trabajo.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Yo estaré yendo al supermercado para comprar una mesa nueva.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Yo estaré viajando a Paris el año que viene.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Estarás ayudando a tu madre con las tareas este fin de semana?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- El año próxima me estaré graduando y luego tendré una gran fiesta
_____________________________________________________________________________
6-Algunas personas no estarán trabajando el feriado próximo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Ella estará visitando a su madre en Reino Unido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿El gobierno estará vacunando a todas las personas antes del mes próximo?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- Usted no estará recibiendo un aumento el mes próximo .
_____________________________________________________________________________
10-Estaré durmiendo más temprano hoy porque tengo que levantarme temprano para estudiar para el exámen.
_____________________________________________________________________________
B – Change the sentences into negative and interrogative forms:
1- I’ll be working out at the gym.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
2- The president will be giving a speech at the White House Conference Center.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
3- I will be driving to the office tomorrow morning.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
49
LESSON 15 - QUARTER TEST III
A- Complete the sentences with the correct quantifier:
1- Jason has ___________ friends abroad.

a) much b) little c) many
2- I don’t drink _________ water when I’m working.

a) many b) few c) much
3- There are _________ people unemployed due the pandemic.

a) a little b) much c) a lot of
4- I don’t have __________ money to buy this car.

a) lot of b) enough c) few
5- Only _________ students showed up for the class today.

a) a little b) a few c) many
6- We have to postpone the meeting, only _________ workers came.

a) few b) little c) many
B- Complete the sentences with HOW MUCH or HOW MANY only:
1- __________________ cheese do we have in the fridge?

2- __________________ jelly do you usually put on your bread?
3- __________________ slices of pizza can you eat?
4- __________________ money do you have in your savings account?
5- __________________ dollars do you need to travel to the USA?
6- __________________ students are there in your class?
7- __________________ time do you need to accomplish this test?
8- __________________ water do you drink every day?
9- __________________ bottles of water do you usually buy a week?
10- _________________ siblings do you have?
1- Tengo pocos libros en el estante. Preciso comprar más

____________________________________________________________
2- No tengo mucho tiempo para ir al shopping.
____________________________________________________________
3- ¿Cuántas personas se infectaron con el virus en Brasil?
____________________________________________________________
4- Hay muchos autos estacionados aquí, no puedo contar.
____________________________________________________________
5- ¿Cuánto tiempo falta para terminar la prueba?
____________________________________________________________
50
LESSON 15 - QUARTER TEST III
D- Write the sentences below with the simple future tense using the verbs in parantheses:
1- I __________________ to the movies with my family (to go)

2- She __________________ at the office on the holiday. (to work)
3- We __________________ grocery shopping. The fridge is empty. (to go)
4- __________________ you __________ them a ride to work? (to give)
5- We __________________ to go to the bank to withdraw some money. (to have)
6- It __________________ all day long tomorrow. (to rain)
7- He __________________ the test before everybody else.
8- __________________ they ________ home on the weekend? (to be)
9- She __________________ a nice birthday party. (to have)
10- I _________________ you finish your homework before go to bed. (to finish)
E- Uncramble the sentences below:
1- the / next month / you / going to / museum / are / visit

________________________________________________________________
2- to / am / dentist / the / I / this / going / visit / afternoon
________________________________________________________________
3- tomorrow / going to / with / aren’t / they / friends / swim / their
________________________________________________________________
4- buy / going to / you / a nice jacket / are
________________________________________________________________
5- our house / going to / we / paint / are / this week
________________________________________________________________
F- Translate the sentences below:
1- Estarei indo para Europa no ano que vem.

____________________________________________________________
2- Ele não estará mais trabalhando conosco a partir de amanhã.
____________________________________________________________
3- Eles estarão participando de uma reunião a esta hora em dois dias.
____________________________________________________________
4- Nós estaremos entregando todos os relatórios à noite.
____________________________________________________________
5- Eu estarei dormingo quando eles chegarem.
____________________________________________________________
51
LESSON 16
WOULD - CONDICIONAL
Verb Verbo
Would Condicional (Pretérito futuro)
I would study more. Yo estudiaría más.
I would like do it. Me gustaría hacer eso.
He would travel. A él le gustaría viajar.
They would go to the concert. Ellos irían al concierto.
My parents would buy me a new laptop. A mis padres les gustaría comprarme una nueva laptop.
We would be busier. Nosotros estaríamos ocupados.
You would drive to California. Tú condurías as a California.
She would live in London. Ella viviría en Londres.
It would happen. Eso sucedería.
You’d sing happy birthday to all of us. Usted cantaría el Feliz cumpleaños para todos nosotros.
They’d buy a new costume for halloween. Ellos comprarían un nuevo disfraz de Halloween.
He would like to try on these boots. Él se probaría aquellas botas.
The teacher would apply another test. La docente aplicaría para otro exámen.
The computer would turn off. La computadora se apagaría.
We would attend classes every morning. Nosotros asistiríamos a clases cada mañana.
She would attend the meeting. A ellos asistirían a la reunión.
The company would brake in a few months. La companía frenaría en pocos meses.
I would tell you the truth.. Yo te diría la verdad.
You would speak more English. Usted hablaría más inglés.
He would fix the appliances at home. Él arreglaría los electrodomésticos en casa.
Negative Negativo
He wouldn’t work tomorrow. Él no trabajaría mañana.
I wouldn’t go out tonight. No saldría mañana.
She wouldn’t do such a thing. Ella no haría semejante cosa.
They wouldn’t be able to do it. Ellos no serían capaces de hacerlo.
There wouldn’t be any food left in the fridge. No habría comida en la heladera.
Your parents wouldn’t approve that. Sus padres no aprovarían eso.
They wouldn’t eat that. Ellos no comerían eso.
I wouldn’t pay that much for it. Yo no pagaría mucho por eso.
We wouldn’t type so fast. Nosotros no tipeariamos tan rápido.
She wouldn’t like to sell the house. A ella no le gustaría vender la casa.
You wouldn’t go swimming on this weather. Usted no nadaría con este clima.
Would you like to have a cup of coffee? ¿A usted le gustaría tomar una taza de café?
Would you learn a new language? ¿Usted aprenderían un nuevo lenguaje?
Would you play soccer on a professional team? ¿Usted jugaría fútbol en un equipo profesional?
Would you cook something special tonight? ¿Usted cocinará algo especial esta noche?
Would you take me to a dance? ¿Me llevarías a bailar?
Would it take too long to get there? ¿Demoraría mucho llegar allá?
Would he prepare the reports on time? ¿Él prepararía los reportes a tiempo?
Would she teach me how to ride a bike? ¿Me enseñaría ella como conducir una bicicleta?
Would they run a marathon? ¿Correrían ellos una maratón?
52
Conversation 1
David – Matt, would you do me a favor? My son needs to see the doctor tomorrow but I
have a very important meeting. Would you take him there for me?
Matt – Yes, I would David. You know you can count on me at anytime.
David – I’d realy appreciate that! You know my wife is traveling and I’m on my own.
Matt – Don’t worry. I would do anything to help you out. You’re family to me.
David – I’d love to pay back the favor when you need. Just let me know when you need.
Matt – Oh David, don’t even bother about that. It’s a pleasure.
David – Would you and Susie come over on the weekend? I’ll have barbacue for us.
Matt – Yeah, we’d love to. Susie would be really happy, she hates cooking on weekends.
Conversation 2
Rose – Mary, would you call these customers for me? I’m really busy at the moment.
Mary – Yes, I would. What would you want me to tell them?
Rose – Tell them I’d like to like to analyze the offer they have. I’d choose the best option.
Mary – Ok. I’ll do it right now and after I’m done I’d like to leave earlier to do some grocery.
Rose – Yes, sure! As you are going to do some grocery, would you buy some a pack of sugar
and some bags of coffe to keep in the office?
Mary – Of course. I noticed we’re in low on that.
Rose – Sounds good. Thank you!
WOULD FOR PAST ACTIONS.
We can use “WOULD” to talk about repeated past actions that don’t happen anymore.
Every time we went to grandmom’s we would play in the backyard with her.
“Cada vez que íbamos a la casa de mi abuela nosotros jugábamos en el patio trasero con ella.”
My mom would always read a nice story for us before sleeping.

“Mi mamá siempre nos leía una linda historia antes de dormir.”
My brother and I would ride a bike together when we were little.

“Mi hermano y yo solíamos andar en bicicleta cuando éramos pequeños.”
We would have dinner with our relatives every Christmas.

“Nosotros cenábamos con nuestra familia cada navidad.”
Woodchuck
"How much wood would a woodchuck chuck
if a woodchuck could chuck wood?
He would chuck, he would, as much as he could,
and chuck as much wood as a woodchuck would
if a woodchuck could chuck wood."
53
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below using the modal conditional verb “WOULD”.
1- Nosotros cantaríamos en su fiesta de despedida.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Yo escucharía esta canción todos los días .
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Peter estaría preocupado por algo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Quién sería la persona que me ayude?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- ¿A quién elegiría el jefe para hacer el viaje al extranjero?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Algunas personas no harían eso porque no estaría bien.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Nosotros no compraríamos esa casa por poco dinero.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- El equipo no ganaría el campeonato.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- ¿Qué harías para conseguir el empleo de tus sueños?
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Ellos leerían todos los libros para aprender más.
_____________________________________________________________________________
B – Change the sentences into negative and interrogative forms:
1- They would shop for hours at that mall.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
2- I would draw a nice paint of Mona Lisa.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
3- The dog would bite you when you got inside.
Neg: ______________________________________________________________________________________
Int: ______________________________________________________________________________________
54
PRACTICE
C- Change the sentences below using the modal verb “would”.
1- She loves to go swimming on the weekends.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- He doesn’t drive home fast every night after work.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- We study English and French at university.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- You help you mom run all errands after school
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Do you go to the movies with your family?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Does he play soccer when he is free?
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- What do you like to do on Fridays and Saturdays?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- He never hurts his pets because he loves them.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- The kids love to play on the street..
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- I take my kids to work once in a while
_____________________________________________________________________________
D – Now, make true sentences about you using the modal verb “WOULD”.
1- ___________________________________________________________________________
2- ___________________________________________________________________________
3- ___________________________________________________________________________
4- ___________________________________________________________________________
5- ___________________________________________________________________________
6- ___________________________________________________________________________
7- ___________________________________________________________________________
8- ___________________________________________________________________________
9- ___________________________________________________________________________
55
LESSON 17
MODAL VERBS – PODER/PODRÍA
Verb Verbo
I can Yo puedo
You can Tú puedes
He Can Él puede
She could Ella podría.
It could Eso podría.
We could Nosotros podríamos.
They can Ellos pueden.
I can run really fast. Yo puedo correr muy rápido.
He can swim. Ella puede nadar.
You can talk to the boss without my permission. Tú puedes hablar con el chef sin mi permiso.
They could go to the beach. Ellos podrían ir a la playa.
My parents could go on their dream trip. Mis padres podrían ir al viaje de sus sueños.
We can help you. Nosotros podemos ayudarte.
You could talk to me. Usted podría hablar conmigo.
She can sing very well. Ella puede cantar muy bien.
It can happen. Eso puede suceder.
You could play the guitar when you were little. Tú podrías tocar la guitarra cuando eras un niño.
They can drive a big truck. Ellos pueden conducir un gran camión.
He can speak at least 3 languages. Él sabe hablar al menos tres idiomas.
We could learn how to play the drums. Nosotros podríamos aprender como tocar la batería.
Negative Negativo
He can’t go to school tomorrow. Él no puede ir al colegio mañana.
I couldn’t talk to you. Yo no podría hablar contigo.
She can’t speak Russian. Ella no sabe hablar ruso.
They can’t cook, so they ordered pizza. Ellos no pueden cocinar, entonces ellos pidieron pizza.
They can’t drive well. They had 3 accidents already. Ellos no pueden conducir bien. Ya tuvieron tres accidentes.
We can’t go there by ourselves. Nosotros no podemos ir allí por nosotros mismos.
He couldn’t do it better. Él no podría haberlo hecho mejor.
I can’t ride a bike on the street. Yo no puedo conducir una bicicleta en la calle.
We couldn’t close the deal due the prices. Nosotros no pudimos cerrar el trato debido a los precios.
She couldn’t be at 2 places at once. Ella no pudo estar en dos lugares al mismo tiempo.
They couldn’t pay the loan. Ellos no pudieron pagar el préstamo .
Could you help me, please? ¿Usted podría ayudarme, por favor?
Can I go out tonight? ¿Puedo salir esta noche?
Can he left this box? ¿Él puede dejar su caja?
Can she write the reports today? ¿Puede ella escribir los reportes hoy?
Could they prepare the room? ¿Pueden ellos preparar la habitación?
Could the doctor be more polite? ¿Podría el médico ser más amable?
Could we just skip this part? ¿Podríamos saltarnos esta parte?
Can we get there by boat? ¿Podemos llegar allí por bote?
Could you explain this subject again? ¿Podría usted explicarme esta materia de nuevo?
56
Conversation 1
John – Josh, could you do me a favor? I need to get some homework done and I can’t do it
by myself. Can you help me?
Josh – Yes, I can. What are the subjects?
John – Well, if you can do the math homework I can get the others done. It’s just because
I’m too bad with math. I can’t understand it.
Josh – Math is pretty easy. I’m good at math, I can do it.
John – Oh man, I couldn’t do it without your help. Thanks a lot!
Josh – Not at all, John. Leave it to me. Go do the others.
John – Nice. By the way, we can have some ice cream right after the homewor.
Josh – I ouldn’t go because I left my wallet at school. But if you can pay mine, let’s do it!
Conversation 2
Mona – Alice, could you work tomorrow? We’re short on people in the office.
Alice – Yes, I could but I’ll need to leave earlier.
Mona – That’s fine. I can’t handle all the work left by the workers who took vacation.
Alice – Don’t worry. Together we have the job done and both of us can go home earlier.
Mona – Not really. I missed some days last month so, I need to work extra hours to pay these
days. I couldn’t just let them take out of my paycheck.
Alice – Oh, I got it. Sorry to hear that!
Mona – Don’t worry. I can’t do much at home anyway. It’s better be working.
Read the extract below and try to understand with your teacher the usage of CAN and COULD.
Some people live in a very bad condition. They can’t afford to have a house because they don’t have a
job. Most of them can’t even have a nice meal. They can’t get a job because They couldn’t go to school
when they were little and furthermore their parents also didn’t have much to offer. What could companies do
to them such people? More jobs can be created requiring less so that way these people could get the job
easily. The government could help as well creating education programs to facilitate these people be part of
society.
The population could also do something to help those people. The population could get together and
raise money to buy food and then share this food to the unfortunate. Children can grow sick if they don’t
have the right amount of nutrition. So, why can’t they just have the lifestyle most wish?
Now, with your own words write down what you could do to make this world better.
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________
57
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below.
1- Yo puedo saltar diez metros.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Él sabe contar hasta 100 en japonés.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Ella sabe pilotear un avión mejor que un hombre.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Qué podrías ayudar a tus padres en casa?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- ¿Ellos se las arreglan para llegar más temprano todos los días?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Nosotros podíamos dibujar cuando estábamos en primaria.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Cómo te puedo ayudar?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿Usted me puede ayudar?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- ¿Usted puede ayudarnos?
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Ellos pueden leer dos libros en un solo día.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11- No puedo hacer mi tarea solo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Pueden ir los empleados a trabajar este domingo?
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- No puedo entregar los informes dentro del plazo solicitado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- Yo no puedo liberar éste préstamo sin los documentos adecuados.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- Ellos pueden correr muy rápido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- ¿Usted no puede andar en bicicleta?
_____________________________________________________________________________
17-Ellos pueden manejar muy bien la tecnología.
_____________________________________________________________________________
58
PRACTICE
1- She can rides a motorcycle.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- He doesn’t can take care of his nephews.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- We could to study English and French with your help.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- You to could prepare the exams to apply tomorrow.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Do you can to cook dinner tonight?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Can I to help you?
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- What does can he do for the country?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- How could you does this to me?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- The kids cannot to play on the street.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Do you can hold a minute, please?
_____________________________________________________________________________
C – Now, write down 5 things you “can do” and 5 you “can’t do”.
1- I can ______________________________________________________________________
2- I can ______________________________________________________________________
3- I can ______________________________________________________________________
4- I can ______________________________________________________________________
5- I can ______________________________________________________________________
6- I can’t _____________________________________________________________________
7- I can’t _____________________________________________________________________
8- I can’t _____________________________________________________________________
9- I can’t _____________________________________________________________________
10- I can’t ____________________________________________________________________
59
LESSON 18
MODAL VERBS – MAY / MIGHT
Verb Verbo
May Poder – Probabilidad

Might Poder – Probabilidad (menor)
It may rain tomorrow. Podría llover mañana.
He might come to the party later. Él podría llegar tarde a la fiesta.
You may go outside to play with your friends. Tú podrías ir afuera a jugar con tus amigos.
They might talk to him about the project. Ellos podrían hablar con él acerca del proyecto.
My parents might let me go to the USA. Mis padres podrían dejarme ir a USA.
We may concern about the absences. Nosotros podríamos preocuparnos por las ausencias.
May the force be with you. Que la fuerza esté contigo.
She might be tired after the game. Ella podría estar cansada después del juego.
It might brake if you sit down. Puede romperse si te sientas.
I’ll talk to Jason only tomorrow. He might be angry with Hablaré sólo con Jason mañana. Él podría estar enojado conmigo.
me. Nosotros podríamos comprar una nueva bicicleta para tu hijo.
We may buy a new bike for our son. Ellos podrían venderlo a precio más bajo si nosotros negociamos.
They might sell it for a lower price if we bargain. Yo podría tomar ventaja de este hermoso día para ir a la playa en lugar
I might take advantage of this beautiful day to go the de trabajar.
the beach instead of working. Ellos podrían perder la apuesta.
They may lose the bet. Yo podría ir a un viaje para fin de año.
I may go on a trip at the end of the year. Él podría estudiar otro lenguaje después de terminar inglés.
He may study another language after finishing English. Él podría aprender más de 8 idiomas para fin de año.
He might learn 8 more languages by the end of the
year.
Negative Negativo
He may not be here after the speech. Puede que él no esté aquí después del discurso..
I might not go to the bank because it’s hot. Puede que yo no vaya al banco porque es caluroso.
She may not be the right person for the position. Ella podría no ser la persona correcta para la posición.
They might not sleep over their friend’s. Puede que ellos no duerman en lo de sus amigos..
They may not understand if you say in Spanish. Puede que ellos no entienden si lo dices en español.
We might not get tired of playing cards. Puede que nosotros no nos cansemos de jugar cartas.
He may not get rich working less. Puede que él no se haga rico por trabajar menos.
I may not have enough information about the deal. Puede que yo no tenga suficiente información acerca del trato.
She might not be upset. Maybe she’s just tired. Puede que ella no esté triste. Quizás ella esté sólo cansada.
You may not give your belongings. Puede que no des tus pertenencias.
They might not be happy with me. Puede que ellos no estén feliz conmigo.
He may not stop by to talk to me. Puede que él no pare a hablar contigo.
May I borrow your pencil? ¿Puedo pedir prestado tu lápiz?

May we come a bit later tomorrow? ¿Podríamos venir un poco más tarde mañana?
Might they have something to drink? ¿Podrían tener algo de beber?
May she go out tonight? ¿Puede ella salir esta noche?
May he take a loan on the bank? ¿Puede él pedir un préstamo al banco?
May they take a ride back home? ¿Podrían ellos dar un paseo de regreso a casa?
Might I attend the meeting too? ¿Podría asistir a la reunión también?
May we go fishing this weekend? ¿Podemos ir a pescar este fin de semana?
Might it brake down if I turn on? ¿Podría romperse si lo enciendo?
60
Conversation 1
Passenger 1 – Excuse me, may I sit here?
Passenger 2 – Yes, you may. The bus might not be crowded today.
Passenger 1 – Yes, it seems many people won’t leave their homes today. It might be
because of the bad weather condition.
Passenger 2 – For sure it is. We might be hit by a hurricane by the end of the day, they said.
Passenger 1 – Well, in this case we may not the able to go out until tomorrow.
Passenger 2 – By the way, may I have your name?
Passenger 1 – Yes, you may. My name is Philip. How about yours?
Passenger 2 – Mine is George. Nice to meet you Philip.
Conversation 2
Store clerk – Welcome to Charming Store, how may I help you?

Customer – Hello, I’m looking for a fancy dress. What may you have?
Store clerk – I do have many colors and shapes of dresses. May I bring all of them?
Customer – I might like some of them. Yes, you may bring them.
Store clerk – You might not be familiar with our brand but it’s one of the best in town.
Customer – I’ve heard of it before. I might buy something from you if I find a fancy dress.
Store clerk – You may try on the ones you like most and I’m sure you’ll love them.
The usages of MAY and MIGHT.
May and Might are modal verbs. Modal verbs are auxiliary verbs which provide meaning to the main verb.
Sometimes they can be used interchangeably.
1- To express (future) possibility.

In this case, might is used more frequently in spoken language
- It might rain tomorrow, you better take an umbrela. (Pode chover amanhã, é melhor levar um guarda-chuvas)
- I might take you to the museum on the weekend. (Eu posso te levar ao museu no final de semana)
- She seems to be very happy. I think she may accept the invitation. (Ela parece estar feliz. Eu acho que ela
pode aceitar o convite).
2- To give permission.
- You may play outside today. (Você pode brincar lá fora hoje).
- She may leave earlier this week. (Ela pode sair mais cedo essa semana).
- As soon as you finish the test, you may leave. (Assim que terminarem a prova, podem sair)
May not can be used to NOT give permission or to prohibit someone from doing something.
3- To ask for permission.
- May I go to the bathroom, please? (Posso ir ao banheiro, por favor?)

- May we take some time off next month? (Podemos ter uma folga próximo mês?)
- May I carry your bags? (Posso carregar suas sacolas?)
Might could also be used to ask for permission but it is Much more uncommon to hear.
61
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below using MAY and MIGHT.
1- Veo algunas nubes, puede que llueva por la noche.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Veo pocas nubes, puede que llueva por la noche.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Es posible que él quiera tomar una siesta, se ve cansada.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- Los niños pueden ver la televisión hoy después de la cena.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- ¿Puedo sentarme aquí?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- No podemos usar el teléfono en el salón de clases.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Cómo puedo ayudarte?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8-¡Que Dios te bendiga hoy y siempre!
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Este estante se puede caer con tanto peso.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10-.Pueden lastimarse con este juego.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-El juego puede terminar en empate.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Los empleados pueden dejar aquí sus pertenencias?
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- Podemos tener una prueba sorpresa en cualquier momento.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- ¿Puedo usar tu coche para ir al supermercado?
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- Estoy en bancarrota. ¿Me puedes prestar algo de dinero?
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- El combustible del coche se puede acabar si lo pisa.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- ¿En qué te puedo ayudar?
_____________________________________________________________________________
62
PRACTICE
1- She mayn’t go to the movies with her boyfriend.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- He doesn’t might be able to take care of his nephews.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- We may leave the room as we finished the test?.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- You might to take the test tomorrow with the others.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Do I may to cook dinner tonight?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Yes, you do. You may do some grocery as well.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- How much do I may help you?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- It might takes a long time go get there.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- You don’t might do that. Shame on you!
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- The cats to may wrack the toys. Don’t let it happen.
_____________________________________________________________________________
C – Now, write down 5 sentences with “MAY” and 5 with “MIGHT”.
1- MAY ______________________________________________________________________
2- MAY ______________________________________________________________________
3- MAY ______________________________________________________________________
4- MAY ______________________________________________________________________
5- MAY ______________________________________________________________________
6- MIGHT ____________________________________________________________________
7- MIGHT ____________________________________________________________________
8- MIGHT ____________________________________________________________________
9- MIGHT ____________________________________________________________________
10- MIGHT ___________________________________________________________________
63
LESSON 19
MODAL VERBS – SHOULD / MUST
Verb Verbo
I should Yo debería
You must Usted debe
He should Él debería
She must Ella debe
It should Debería
We must Debemos
They should Ellos deberían
I should study more for the test. Yo debería estudiar más para el examen.
You must study more, otherwise you’ll flunk. Tú debes estudiar más, de lo contrario repetirás el año.
He should be here with you. Él debería estar aquí contigo.
She must pay more attention to the suject. Ella debería prestar más atención al asunto.
It should be easy. Eso debería ser fácil.
We must pay our debts. Nosotros debemos pagar nuestras deudas.
They must work hard to reach a higher level. Ellos deben trabajar duro para alcanzar un nivel superior.
She should practice her English with a native. Ella debería practicar su inglés con un nativo.
The teachers must punish him because his attitude. Los maestros deben castigarlo por sus actitudes.
We should help them achieve their goals. Nosotros debemos ayudarlos a alcanzar sus metas.
You should talk more to your kids. Tú deberías hablar más con tus hijos.
If you want it, then you should go for it. Si lo quieres, debes ir tras ello.
It must be broken. Eso debe estar roto.
He must tell his parents about the incident. Él debe contarles a sus padres sobre el incidente.
I must confess, I’m really happy with your achievement. Yo debo confesar que estoy muy feliz con tu logro.
He should drink more water. Él debería beber más agua.
We should eat healthy food Every day. Nosotros debemos comer alimentos saludables todos los días.
They must be the owners of the company. Ellos deben ser dueños de la empresa.
I must go now. Yo debo irme ahora.
Negative Negativo
He shouldn’t talk to me like that. No debería hablarme así.
I must not eat junk food when I’m sick. Se supone que no debo comer comida chatarra cuando estoy
She shouldn’t apply the e-mail. enfermo.
They mustn’t drink coffee so many times a day. Ella no debería contestar el correo electrónico.
We shouldn’t swear if we can’t keep a promise. No deberían tomar café tantas veces al día.
It must not be on for too long. No deberíamos jurar si no podemos cumplir una promesa.
You shouldn’t travel tomorrow. I’ll rain. No debería permanecer por mucho tiempo.
No deberías viajar mañana, va a llover.
¿Debería quedarme aquí para ayudarte con las tareas del hogar?
Should I stay here to help you with the errands?
¿Debería él venir a hablar contigo?
Must he come to talk to you?
¿Debería ella llevarse mucho dinero?
Should she take a lot of money with her?
¿Debería esto colocarse en este lugar?
Should it be placed on this spot?
¿Deberían ellos visitar más a sus padres?
Must they visit their parents more?
¿Deberíamos nosotros comprar entradas para el concierto?
Should we buy the tickets for the concert?
¿Deberíamos nosotros pagar lo que piden?
Must we pay what they’re asking?
¿Qué deben hacer para mantener la calma en el lugar de trabajo?
What should they do to keep workplace peaceful?
¿Cómo debemos lidiar con este problema?
How must we deal with this problem?
¿Debería reenviar el correo electrónico a su jefe?
Should you forward the email to your boss?
60
Conversation 1
Carlos – Hey Adam. I’m trying to lose some weight. What do you suggest?
Adam – Hi Carlos. First of all, you must enroll in a gym. Working out is definitely something you
can’t miss. Then you should have a balanced diet with some fruits and proteins.
Carlos – I got it. But the thing is, I hate exercising and I’m not a fruit eater, I’m kind of picky.
Adam – If you want to lose weight you shouldn’t say that. I have to follow the rules – “No pain
no gain”. You must take junk food out of your menu and start enjoying working out.
Carlos – I’ll try to follow your tips. You mustn’t be that tough. Losing weight is something easy.
Adam – Not easy at all, Carlos. There should be a plan to follow and you must stick to it.
Carlos – You’re right. I shouldn’t be that lazy and I must not give up my goals.
Adam – That’s what I’m talking about. We must be strong and keep on going.
Conversation 2
Secretary – Excuse me, ma’am. Some clients are requesting the bid. Should I send it to them?
Manager – Yes, you should. There are many Other companies competing with us and we must
not waste time.
Secretary – Yes, ma’am. I’ll do it right now.
Manager – You must also call them to make sure they received it.
Secretary – Ok, I’ll do that as well. Should I ask them to reply as soon as possible?
Manager – No, you shouldn’t. I’ll talk to them personally about that. There are some Other
issues I need you to help me with. I’ll send you an e-mail with a list.
Secretary – Yes, ma’am. You must count on me to take care of it!
The usages of SHOULD and MUST.
Should and Must are modal verbs. Modal verbs are auxiliary verbs which provide meaning to the main verb.
1- We use should to give or ask for advice or opinion in the present.
- You should study more to pass the test. (Você deveria estudar mais para passar no teste.)
- What should I do to learn English fast? (O que eu devo fazer para aprender inglês mais rápido.)
- In my opinion, you shouldn’t wear this suit in the meeting. (Na minha opinião, você não deveria usar esse terno
na reunião).
2- We use must to express obligation, give orders and strong advice.
- You must remain in class during the test. (Vocês devem permanecer na sala durante a prova).
- You mustn’t leave the house. (Você não deve sair da casa).
- You must buy one of them. (Você deve comprar um deles.)
We can also use “Have to” to express obligation, give orders and strong advice. But be aware of its structure in
the negative and interrogative form.
- You have to remain in class during the test. (Vocês devem permanecer na sala durante a prova).
- You don’t have to leave the house. (Você não deve sair da casa).
- You have to buy one of them. (Você deve comprar um deles.)
*When asking with “have to” you must use the auxiliary DO or DOES.
- Do you have to work tomorrow? (Você tem que trabalhar amanhã?)
61
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below using SHOULD and MUST.
1-Debes practicar inglés durante aproximadamente 1 hora al día.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Deberíamos quedarnos en casa este fin de semana.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Debe asistir al evento anual para conocer más.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Debería hacer las llamadas que le pidió el jefe?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- ¿Debería contarle el secreto?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Debes caminar sobre el parquet todos los días.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Qué debo hacer para aprender un nuevo idioma rápidamente?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- Debes estudiar a diario y practicar al menos 1 hora al día.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Debo aprender una nueva profesión para estar preparado para el mercado laboral..
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- No deberías jugar con esto, es peligroso.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-No debe entrar a la habitación sin pedir permiso.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- Los informes deben entregarse mañana al mediodía.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- Nosotros deberíamos a viajar a Florida de vacaciones.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- La gente debe respetar mi estilo de vida
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- Ya deberían estar aquí. ¡Llegan tarde como de costumbre!
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- ¿Cómo debo proceder con este asunto?
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- ¿Qué debo decirles a los nuevos estudiantes?
_____________________________________________________________________________
62
PRACTICE
B- Choose the best alternative for each sentence below:
1- You should read at least one book a week.

a) Advice b) Order c) Opinion
2- You must tell him the truth.
3- He must not play on the street.
4- If you’re not feeling well, you should see a doctor.
5- They must come tomorrow. If they don’t, I’ll have to fire them.
6- You must wear a seatbelt at all times.
7- Must I grow more varieties of grapes to export?
8- The children have a sore throat. They shouldn’t drink water.
9- People should eat enough fruits in order to be healthy.
10- They have to stay home while in quarantine.
C – Now, write some sentences about obligation, order and opinion with your own information.
1- ______________________________________________________________________
2- ______________________________________________________________________
3- ______________________________________________________________________
4- ______________________________________________________________________
5- ______________________________________________________________________
6- ______________________________________________________________________
7- ______________________________________________________________________
8- ______________________________________________________________________
9- ______________________________________________________________________
10- _____________________________________________________________________
63
LESSON 20
QUARTER TEST IV
A- Write sentences using the information given and the modal verb in parentheses.
1- My children / not read or write / yet. (can)

_____________________________________________________________________
2- cell phone / lend me / you / your? (could)
_____________________________________________________________________
3- People / stay home / while / in quarantine. (should)
_____________________________________________________________________
4- not put / inside / cage / your hands. (must)
_____________________________________________________________________
5- clouds / there are / some / it / rain / in the sky. (might)
_____________________________________________________________________
6- very hot / be / in Florida / in August / it. (can)
_____________________________________________________________________
7- mad / with the rules / get / people. (may)
_____________________________________________________________________
8- travel / by car / the world / I / around. (would)
_____________________________________________________________________
9- do / in this / what / he / situation? (would)
_____________________________________________________________________
10- learn / before / English / the end of the year / we. (must)
_____________________________________________________________________
1- Debemos usar uniforme en la escuela, es obligatorio

____________________________________________________________
2-Trabajaría hasta tarde, no hay problema.
____________________________________________________________
3-Sabe muy bien montar a caballo.
____________________________________________________________
4-No puede responder todas las preguntas del exámen.
____________________________________________________________
5-Hay sol pero puede que llueva más tarde
____________________________________________________________
6- Debes estar muy cansado del viaje. Deberías descansar.
____________________________________________________________
7- Los bandidos pueden ser sancionados con 10 años de prisión por haber robado el
banco.
____________________________________________________________
8-Esto no debería estar aquí. Ponlo en el lugar correcto.
____________________________________________________________
9- ¿Qué harías para conseguir un aumento?
____________________________________________________________
68
LESSON 21
ADVERBS TO EXPRESS AGREEMENT
Adverbs Adverbios
Too También
So Entonces
Either Cualquiera
Neither Ninguno de los dos
Practicing Pracicando
I study English. Me too / So do I. Yo estudio Inglés. Yo también.
He can swim. Me too / So can I. Él sabe nadar. Yo también.
They speak English. Us too / So do we. Ellos hablan inglés. Nosotros también.
She should go. You too / So do you. Ella debería irse. Tú también.
I’ll work tomorrow. Me too / So will I. Yo trabajaré mañana. Yo también.
We run fast. Them too / So do they. Nosotros corremos rápido. Ellos también.
I have a laptop. Me too / So do I. Yo tengo un cuaderno. Yo también.
They saved the day. Us too / So did we. Ellos salvaron el día. Nosotros también.
He went to the beach. Me too / So did I. Él fue a la playa. Yo también.
He worked hard. Her too / So did she. Él trabajó duro. Ella también.
They should go. Them too. / So should they. Ellos deberían irse. Ellos también.
My dad is young. Mine too. So is mine. Mi padre es joven. El mío también.
You are tired. You too / So are you. Tú estás cansado. Tú también.
We were doctors. Us too / So were we. Nosotrs éramos doctores. Nosotros también.
Jeff can cook. Me too / So can I. Jeff puede cocinar. Yo también.
They were injured. You too / So were you. Ellos se lastimaron. Ustedes también.
She bought a car. Me too / So did I. Ella se compró un auto. Yo también.
He has a pet. Her too / So does she. Él tiene una mascota. Ella también.
I’m cold. Me too / So am I. Tengo frío. Yo también.
We were sick. Her too / So was she. Nosotros estábamos enfermos. Ella también.
I have 2 silings. The teacher too / So does the teacher. Tengo 2 hermanos. El profesor también.
They went away on vacation. Us too / So did we. Ellos se fueron de vacaciones. Nosotros también.
Negative Negativo
I don’t like pizza. I don’t either / Neither do I. No me gusta la pizza. A mí tampoco.
We don’t go out often. I don’t either / Neither do I. No salimos muy a menudo. Yo tampoco.
He didn’t do the homework. She didn’t either. Neither did she. No hizo su tarea. Ella tampoco.
They won’t shave their heads. I won’t either / Neither will I. No se afeitarán la cabeza. Yo tampoco.
You shouldn’t eat it. We shouldn’t either / Neither should we. No deberías comer esto. Nosotros tampoco.
They can’t afford it. She can’t either / Neither can she. No pueden soportarlo. Ella tampoco.
The teachers won’t quit. I won’t either / Neither will I. Los profesores no renunciarán. Yo tampoco.
We’re not hungry. He isn’t either / Neither is he. No tenemos hambre. Él tampoco.
She doesn’t need help. They don’t either / Neither do they. Ella no necesita ayuda. Ellos tampoco.
I didn’t like the book . We didn’t either / Neither did we. No me gustó el libro. Nosotros tampoco.
She couldn’t go out. I couldn’t either / Neither could I. Ella no podía irse. Yo tampoco.
We shouldn’t worry. I shouldn’t either / Neither should I. No debemos preocuparnos. Yo tampoco.
He mustn’t be there. They mustn’t either / Neither must they. No debería estar ahí. Ellos tampoco.
They didn’t show up. You didn’t either / Neither did you. Ellos no aparecieron. Tú tampoco.
I wasn’t invited. They weren’t either / Neither were they. No fui invitado. Ellos tampoco.
You aren’t trying. You aren’t either / Neither are you. No lo estás intentando. Usted también no lo hace.
We didn’t read the book. She didn’t either / Neither did she. No leemos el libro. Ella tampoco.
I’m not sick. I’m not either / Neither am I. Yo no estoy enfermo. Yo tampoco.
I don’t have to work. We don’t either / Neither do we. No tengo que trabajar. Nosotros tampoco
69
Conversation 1
Carlos – Hey Adam, what did you think of the new teacher?
Adam – I didn’t like her at all.
Carlos – Neither did I. She is too tough. She asked so many question on her first day. But I liked
the books she gave us.
Adam – Me too. I really needed new books.
Carlos – So did I. Now it’ll be much easier to get the homework done. I’ll use all these books to
accomplish all of my activities.
Adam – Yeah, so will I. Specially geography. There’s so much to memorize in so little time.
Carlos – Indeed. I don’t think I’ll know all information by heart before the test.
Adam – I won’t either. But we have to try harder. Let’s start right now.
Conversation 2
Lucy – Hello Paul, how are you?

Paul – Hi Lucy. I’m pretty well. How about you?
Lucy – I’m well too. Paul I received a sample of the new product from our suppliers but I
definitely didn’t like it.
Paul – Neither did I. It seems to me that They weren’t professionals. I’ll ask them for another
sample.
Lucy – So will I. If I sell it for our customers, They’ll all send it back to me.
Paul – Mine too. We have very demanding customer and They all want the finest product. We if
fail with them, we might lose our companies.
Lucy – For sure. I’ll let you know as soon as I receive the new sample.
The usages of TOO, SO, EITHER and NEITHER.
When we want to agree with the speaker in a statement we use adverbs. The adverbs TOO and SO are used in
positive statements.
Speaker 1 – I study English at Aliança from Monday to Thursday and I love it.
Speaker 2 – Me too. / So do I.
*Notice the order of the expression is object pronoun (me, you, him, her...) + “too”. But when using SO the order
is: SO + AUXILIARY + SUBJECT.
To agree with a negative statement we use EITHER and NEITHER.
Speaker 1 – I didn’t study English when I was a kid..

Speaker 2 – I didn’t either / Neither did I.
*Notice we use EITHER at the end of the sentence right after the auxiliary.
But when you agree with Neither, it comes before the auxiliary.
“NEITHER = NOT + EITHER”
In conversation you can also use object pronoun + Neither/Either.
Speaker 1 – I didn’t study English when I was a kid..

Speaker 2 – Me either / Me neither.
70
PRACTICE
A- Agree with the sentences below according to the adverbs learned. Follow the example:
1- I like to read books at night.

_____________________________________________________________________________
Me too / So do I.
2- I don’t like to watch TV.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- I didn’t study for my English test.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- I’ll write an e-mail to my cousins.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- I should be more kind to people.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- I can draw a Mona Lista portrait.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- I can’t imagine how far it is.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- I shouldn’t apply for the position.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- I must call my parents more often.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- I mustn’t let them do whatever they want.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11- My neighbor is going to go on a cruise.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- My brother is studying law in Boston..
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- My father loves to watch games on Sundays.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- I don’t want to take the bus.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- I’m not happy about the current situation in our country.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- I shouldn’t pay attention to bad news.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- I will learn English fast at Aliança.
_____________________________________________________________________________
71
PRACTICE
B- Choose the appropriate NEITHER / EITHER structures to complete the following sentences.
1- Cathy doesn’t like dogs.

a) I don’t either b) Neither am I! c) I am not either! d) And I am neither!
2. I don’t go to work every day.

a) Neither do I. b) Do I either. c) Neither am I. d) I am not either.
3. Paul can’t type well.

a) I will either. b) Neither could I. c) I could either. d) I can’t either.
4. I don’t need to go to work.

a) I don’t work either. b) Neither need I. c) I wasn’t either. d) I don’t either.
5. He doesn’t need to study.

a) I don’t need either. b) Neither do I. c) I should either. d) Neither need I.
6. She doesn’t wish to stop smoking.

a) I wasn’t either. b) Neither am I. c) Neither wish I. d) Neither do I.
7. Vanessa couldn’t go.

a) I wouldn’t either. b) I shouldn’t either. c) I could either. d) Neither could I.
8. Mary shouldn’t do her homework now.

a) I am not either. b) I shouldn’t either. c) Shouldn’t I either. d) Neither do I.
ALSO, AS WELL and TOO
We use also in the normal mid position for adverbs, between the subject and main verb, or after the modal verb or
first auxiliary verb, or after be as a main verb. In this position, the meaning of also usually connects back to the
whole clause that comes before:
She likes to read books.

He also likes to read books (him too).
As well is much more common in speaking than in writing, and is more common in speaking than also.
As well almost always comes in end position:
A- I’m going pretty good. How about you?

B- I’m doing good, as well.
We use Too at at the end of the sentence.
She likes to read books.

He likes to read books too. (him too).
Linking negatives
We use EITHER not also, as well or too to connect two negative ideas:
Bob doesn’t speak Portuguese and I don’t think Susie does either.
72
LESSON 22
SOME / ANY / NO
Determiners Determinantes
Some Algunos/Algunas
Any Ningún/Ninguna
No Sin
I have some friends in the USA. Tengo algunos amigos en Estados Unidos.
She needs to buy some new boots. Necesita comprarse unas botas nuevas.
He needs some time off. Necesita algo de tiempo libre.
We would like to drink some tea. Nos gustaría tomar un té.
They bought some chicken to eat tonight. Trajeron pollo para comer esta noche.
Some people like to risk themselves. A algunas personas les gusta correr riesgos.
It needs some repair. Esto necesita una pequeña reparación.
You would go to some different places. Iría a diferentes lugares.
Give me any of these books. Dame cualquiera de estos libros.
She made some pasta. Hizo unos fideos.
We met some students from other countries. Conocimos a algunos estudiantes de otros países.
There is some butter in the fridge. Hay mantequilla en el frigorífico.
They will take some days off. Se toman unos días libres.
I spent some time on the beach. Me quedé un rato en la playa.
He’d like some water, please. Quiere un poco de agua, por favor.
Some workers won’t come today. Algunos trabajadores no vendrán hoy.
You can take any bus to get there. Puede tomar cualquier autobús para llegar allí.
Some of them are playing soccer. Algunos de ellos juegan al fútbol.
They raised some money for charity. Recaudaron dinero para caridad.
We’re having some difficulty to understand that. Nos está costando un poco entender esto.
You can take some cookies for you. Puede llevarse algunas galletas.
I’ll travel to the USA some day next month. Viajaré a los Estados Unidos en algún momento del próximo mes
Negative Negativo
I need no advice. No necesito ningún consejo.
There isn’t any sugar left. No queda azúcar.
She doesn’t know any place in this city. Ella no conoce ningún lugar en esta ciudad.
We can’t just choose any car. No podemos simplemente elegir cualquier automóvil.
They shouldn’t go to any store. No deberían ir a ninguna tienda.
I need to go to no school. No necesito ir a ninguna escuela.
He doesn’t need any help. No necesita ayuda.
I’m not eating any of this food. No comeré nada de esta comida.
Interrogative Interrogativa
Would you like some coffee? ¿Quieres un café?
Did you catch any fish? ¿Atrapaste algún pez?
Did you see any good movies yesterday? ¿Viste alguna buena película ayer?
Would they go to any of these places? ¿Irían a alguno de estos lugares?
Does any student know the answer? ¿Alguno de los estudiantes sabe la respuesta?
Can I have some milk, please? ¿Puedo tener un poco de leche por favor?
Is there any Orange juice? ¿Tienes jugo de naranja?
Are there any fruits in the fridge? ¿Tienes algo de fruta en la nevera?
Do you have any friends in the USA? ¿Tienes algunos amigos en los Estados Unidos?
73
Conversation 1
Bob – Hi Max, Do you have any fighting games to lend me?
Max – Hi Bob. Yes, I do. I have some nice fighting games but they’re kind of violent, though.
Bob – There is some violence in any fighting games. It’s unavoidable.
Max – Indeed. There’s no way to avoid that.
Bob – So If you can lend me some of them, I’ll give them back by next week. I took some days
off work and I have nothing to do besides playing vídeo game.
Max – Yes, sure. You can stop by and take them. But there is Always some nice place to go or
some good activities to do when you’re off.
Bob – I know. But the thing is. I’m taking these days off because I have the flu.
Max – Oh man, that’s bad. Don’t forgtet to wear a mask when you come by.
Conversation 2
Waiter – Are you ready to order, sir?

Guest – Yes, I would you like some of your salad, some dessert and a soda.
Waiter – And, would you like some dressing for the salad?
Guest – Yes, I would. You can surprise me with any side dressing.
Waiter – I’ll do my best. What kind of soda and dessert you would choose?
Guest – Actually, I changed my mind. I want no soda at all. I’m on a diet. For dessert, you can
bring me any with low calories.
Waiter – You may choose from a fruit or our low calorie pudding.
Guest – I’ll take the pudding, please.
Waiter – I’ll be right there.
We can add words such as BODY, ONE, WHERE, THING... into the determiners to change them into indefinite
pronouns. Let’s take a look at the chart below to understand it better.
DETERMINER PERSON PLACE THING
Someone
Some Somewhere Something
Somebody
Anyone
Any Anywhere Anything
Anyhbody
No one
No Nowhere Nothing
Nobody
The rules of using them are the same as determiners. SOME for positive sentences or interrogative when offering
or requesting politely. ANY for negative sentences or affirmative when the amount or subject is not important and
for interrogative form. NO is always used for negative ideas but positive sentences.
There is somebody knocking at the door. (Tem alguém batendo na porta).

There isn’t anybody willing to help us. (Não tem ninguém querendo nos ajudar).
Is there something you need to tell me? (Há algo que queira me dizer?).
He has nothing to do today. (Ele tem nada para fazer hoje).
There’s nowhere I want to go. (Não quero ir a lugar nenhum).
Anyone can speak English fluently. (Qualquer um pode falar inglês fluentemente).
We can go anywhere we want. (Podemos ir para qualquer lugar que queremos).
74
PRACTICE
A- Translate the sentences below:
1-Necesito ir a un lugar tranquilo para relajarme

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Necesitan algunas herramientas para arreglar el coche.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- No necesito que nadie me diga lo que tengo que hacer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4-¿Conoces buenos herreros en este barrio?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- ¿Les gustaría tomar un té?
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Tenemos buenos libros para leer.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- No hay ningún programa interesante en la televisión.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿Hay queso en la nevera?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Algunos estudiantes participarán en los juegos de verano.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Ningún estudiante participará en los Juegos Olímpicos este año debido a la pandemia.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-Nadie se presentó a recibir el gran premio.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Tienes tiempo libre esta semana?
___ __________________________________________________________________________
13- Ninguno de estos juegos debe ser jugado por niños.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- ¿Cómo nadie se dio cuenta de esto?
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- ¿Quieres comer algún postre?
_____________________________________________________________________________
16-¿Quieren algún tipo de trato especial?
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- ¿Buscas a alguien?
_____________________________________________________________________________
75
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences with SOME, ANY or NO.
1- I don’t need ___________ money because. I’m going to bring my lunch to school.
2- He has ___________ pencils, but I have ___________ to lend to him.
3- Our teacher didn’t apply ___________ test last month.
4- I’m tired. Do we have ___________ time to take a nap?
5- Do they have ___________ museums in town? No, they don’t have ___________.
6- Paul wants to buy ___________ new shoes.
7- Excuse me, I need ___________ information about the flight to Boston.
8- I don’t have ___________ paper, but Mary has ___________.
9- Mr. Smith has ___________ questions that he wants to ask you.
10- They have ___________ apples, but they have ___________ bananas.
11- I’m sorry, but we don’t have ___________ more tickets.
12- Thomas read ___________ interesting books last month.
13- I bought ___________ milk and ___________ sugar at the supermarket.
14- A: Do you have ___________ coins for the bus? B: No, I have ___________.
15- I need ___________ help with my homework.
C- Complete the sentences with SOME, ANY, NO and compounds.
1- Max, do we have _____________ to eat? – Of course, I bought _____________ yesterday.

2- There's _____________ at the door. – Are you expecting _____________?
3- Did you go _____________ last night?
4- You have to do _____________ about it. Otherwise the situation will get out of control.
5- Choose _____________ from this store. It doesn't matter what, I’ll buy it.
6- I can't find my cell phone. I think I left it _____________.
8- I have_____________ to do today, but tomorrow I have _____________ to go.
9- This party is so boring. – Let's go _____________ else.
10- Is there _____________ you need? – No, I'm just looking for _____________.
11- Is there _____________ in the classroom without uniform?
12- John lives _____________ in Canada, but I don't really know the exact town.
13- Does _____________ in the audience have a mobile phone?
14- Could I have _____________ to drink, please?
15- I would like to go _____________ this summer, but not just _____________. I'd like to travel abroad.
16- _____________ can play this game. It's easy.
17- I went shopping yesterday. I bought _____________ for you, but I didn't buy _____________ for me.
76
LESSON 23
DO / MAKE – EXPRESSIONS
Verb Verbo
Do Hacer
Make Hacer
I need to do the landry every Saturday. Necesito lavar la ropa todos los sábados.
She needs you to do her a favor. Necesita que le hagas un favor.
They always do good on tests. Siempre les va bien en los exámenes.
The local news will do a poll. Las noticias locales harán una búsqueda social.
My husband always does the shopping for me. Mi esposo siempre hace las compras por mí.
We do puzzles every week to exercise our brain. Resolvemos acertijos todas las semanas para ejercitar la mente.
The children should do the dishes for their mom. Los niños deben lavar los platos para sus madres.
That guy does drugs. Don’t get close to him. Ese tipo usa drogas. No te acerques a él.
The scientists are doing some experiments on people. Los científicos están haciendo algunos experimentos con personas.
You need to do some exercises. Necesitas hacer ejercicio.
I’ll make an announcement this afternoon. Daré una declaración oficial esta tarde.
Please, make the arrangements for the party. Haga los preparativos para la fiesta.
We made an attempt to learn Chinese. Nosotros intentamos aprender chino.
When you get up, you must make the bed. Cuando te levantes, debes hacer la cama.
The students are making an effort to learn English. Los estudiantes están luchando por aprender inglés.
My mom makes a face when she is mad. Mi madre frunce el ceño cuando está enojada.
They need something to make a living. Ellos necesitan hacer algo para ganarse la vida.
We often make mistakes when learning English. A menudo cometemos errores mientras aprendemos inglés.
He makes a lot of payments daily. Él realiza muchos pagos a diario.
The company made public the positions. La empresa ha publicado puestos disponibles.
Make sure you will do that. Asegúrate de hacerlo.
When you come to my house, make yourself at home. Cuando vengas a mi casa, siéntete como en casa.
He usually makes up when speaking in public. Suele improvisar cuando habla en público.
We’ll make the most of the trip, for sure. Aprovechamos el viaje al máximo.
They made a point about the presentation. Hicieron una observación sobre la presentación.
Negative Negativo
Don’t make noise when I’m sleeping. No hagas ruido cuando duermo.
The deal didn’t make any profit at all. El negocio no obtuvo ganancias.
He doesn’t make trouble at school. No se mete en la escuela.
She didn’t do her duties. Ella no ha cumplido con sus obligaciones.
They didn’t do overtime. No trabajaron horas extras.
We didn’t help our mother doing the dishes. No ayudamos a nuestra madre a lavar los platos.
The teachers don’t do researches on the flu. Los profesores no investigan sobre la gripe.
Do you do the housework every day? ¿Haces tu tarea todos los días?
Do they ever do the right thing? ¿Siempre hacen lo correcto?
Does she have her hair done at the hairdresser? ¿Se corta el pelo en la peluquería?
Do we need to make an appointment with the dentist? ¿Necesitamos concertar una cita con el dentista?
Does he make believe when people lie? ¿Te hace creer cuando la gente miente?
Did she make it clear about your duties? ¿Dejó claras sus obligaciones?
Do their kids make a fuss when they go shopping? ¿Sus hijos hacen rabietas cuando van de compras?
Should they do the cleaning more often? ¿Necesitan limpiar con más frecuencia?
Can you do me a favor? ¿Me puedes hacer un favor?
Will you do it over again? ¿Lo harás de nuevo?
77
Conversation 1
Carlos – Adam, I need you to do me a big favor. Can you?
Adam – Oh yeah, Carlos. You can count on me. What is it?
Carlos – I need to make some phone calls but I can’t do them with my cell phone. Can you lend
me yours and then I make the payment?
Adam – Yes, I can Adam. The only thing is – it makes some noise when we have a bad
weather like today.
Carlos – No worries about that. I’ll make some deals with some friends and it’ll be quick.
Adam – Are you doing well on business? It seems so. You always do the right thing when it
comes to business.
Carlos – Well, I learned to make profit with my dad. He was really good at selling.
Adam – That will do it. You’ll rock it!
Conversation 2
Store clerk – Welcome to Rosé Boutique, how may I help you?

Customer – Hi, I’m doing some window shopping only but If I like something I’ll call you.
Store clerk – Ok. But if you want to try on some clothes, they will make a difference on your
look. You might make up your mind.
Customer – I can’t do any shopping tody because I didn’t bring my credit card.
Store clerk – That’s not a problem. We usually make some good deals with our customers and
if you make up your mind to take at least 3 dresses, you can make the payment next week.
Customer – Well, in this case I’ll do some business with you.
Store clerk – Yes, everyone will be happy and you will do your shopping.
There’s also a verb with many different meanings when it comes to expressions. It’s the verb “GET”
meaning of become: Volverse meaning of prepare/make: preparar
It’s getting dark. - Se está volviendo de noche. I’ll get some coffee. -Prepararé un café.
meaning of receive: Ganar/Recibir meaning of be (as passive auxiliary): ser
She got a nice present for her birthday. - Recibió un bonito The robber got caught. - El ladrón fue atrapado
regalo de cumpleaños.
meaning of persuade/convince: convencer
meaning of obtain/buy: Obtener/ Comprar He got his father to buy him a car. –
Convenció a su padre para que le regalara un auto.
I got a promotion. - Conseguí un ascenso.
meaning of have something done, order something: mandar
meaning of arrive at/reach: llegar/ Alcanzar
He got his car fixed. - Hizo que arreglaran el coche.
I got home late last night. - Llegué a casa tarde anoche.
meaning of understand: entender
meaning of catch (illness, vehicle, thief): pegar
I got you. -Entiendo lo que dices.
I don’t want to get a cold. - No quiero pegar un resfriado
meaning of fetch/pick up: buscar / recoger:
Go and get the newspaper. - Ve a buscar el periódico
78
PRACTICE
1-Necesito hacer un trato con los clientes antes que mi competidor.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- No me encuentro bien. Haré una cita con el médico.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3-Son muchos los preparativos para la boda.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Tan pronto como te levantes, haces la cama?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5-Los vecinos hacen mucho ruido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6-Lavé toda la ropa ayer y hoy hay mucha otra vez.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Siempre te va bien en los exámenes?
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- No debes crear problemas en la escuela, no está bien.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-¿Cuántas llamadas hiciste en el último mes? La factura del teléfono fue demasiado alta..
_____________________________________________________________________________
10-La semana pasada, la ciudad dio a conocer los datos de la última reunión.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-Siéntete como en casa aquí. Tu eres familia..
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- Tengo muchos pagos que hacer este mes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13-Cuando vayas a Estados Unidos, disfruta tanto como puedas..
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- Un médico no puede equivocarse en la mesa de operaciones.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15-Necesitan hacer un esfuerzo para aprender un nuevo idioma.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- ¿Me puedes hacer un favor? Necesito que me lleven al mercado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- Al explicar algo, deja claro lo que quieres mencionar.
_____________________________________________________________________________
79
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences with make or do.
1- _________________ good to others and they will _________________ good to you.
2- He always _________________ such a fuss when I _________________ a mistake.
3- He refused to _________________ me a favor.
4- He tried to _________________ fun of me but only _________________ a fool of himself.
5- I have a lot to _________________ today.
6- I want you to _________________ me a table.
7- I'm trying to _________________ my homework.
8- Let's _________________ a fire in the sitting-room.
9- Now that we're here we must _________________ the most of it.
10- Should I _________________ a cup of tea?
11- That will _________________. You have eaten enough cake.
12- The attendant _________________ him a lot of harm by _________________ up stories.
13- The businessman thinks he will _________________ a fortune in America.
14- The mechanic must _________________ the car work.
15- What do you _________________ for a living?
16- What should I _________________ next?
C – Now, write five sentences with MAKE and five with DO with your own information.
1- ______________________________________________________________________
2- ______________________________________________________________________
3- ______________________________________________________________________
4- ______________________________________________________________________
5- ______________________________________________________________________
6- ______________________________________________________________________
7- ______________________________________________________________________
8- ______________________________________________________________________
9- ______________________________________________________________________
10- _____________________________________________________________________
80
LESSON 24
ADJECTIVES VS MANNER ADVERBS
I’m a patient person. I wait patiently in lines. Soy una persona paciente. Espero pacientemente en las filas.
He’s a good chef. He cooks very well. Es un buen chef. Cocina muy bien.
They are fast drivers. They drive fast. Son conductores rápidos. Conducen rápido.
She is a careful driver. She drives carefully. Ella es una conductora cuidadosa. Conduce con cuidado.
This is an easy test. I take it easily. Esta es una prueba sencilla. Lo hago facilmente.
We are hard workers. We work hard. Somos muy trabajadores. Trabajamos duro.
It is different. It works differently. Esto es diferente. Funciona de manera diferente.
He gets reckless sometimes. A veces es imprudente.
You usually drive recklessly on the road. A menudo conduce imprudentemente en la carretera.
I feel safe when I’m with her. Me siento seguro cuando estoy con ella.
His voice sounds terrible in the morning. Su voz suena terrible por la mañana.
We speak English perfectly. Hablamos inglés perfectamente.
She spoke angrily on the phone. Habló al teléfono con enojo.
She is beautiful and she talks beautifully. Ella es hermosa y habla maravillosamente.
They are nervous people. They act nervously. Son gente nerviosa. Actúan nerviosamente.
You speak slowly, you are a slow speaker. Hablas despacio, eres un hablante lento.
Tom is a nice guy, he helps everyone nicely. Tom es un buen chico. Ayuda a todos amablemente.
They are bad players. They play badly. Son malos jugadores. Juegan mal.
It was raining very heavily. Llovía mucho.
My mother speaks perfect German. Mi madre habla un alemán perfecto.
Please, be quiet. I’m trying to sleep. Por favor quédate quieto. Estoy intentando dormir.
They smiled at me in a friendly way. Me sonrieron de manera amistosa.
She is calm. She always looks at me calmly. Ella está tranquila. Ella siempre me mira con calma.
You often come late to class. Suele llegar tarde a clase.
She is a very good-looking girl. Ella es una chica muy hermosa.
Doug is a dangerous driver. He drives dangerously. Doug es un conductor peligroso. Conduce peligrosamente.
They are very polite. They speak politely. Son muy amables. Hablan cortésmente.
It’ll be dangerous if he runs dangerously. Será peligroso si corre peligrosamente.
You get angry very easily. Be careful. Te enojas muy fácilmente. Precaución.
He lived here happily for a year. Vivió aquí durante un año felizmente.
We worked hard in the garden. Trabajamos duro en el jardín.
He kindly waited for us at the bank. Amablemente nos esperó en el banco.
Negative Negativo
He isn’t calm. He gets nervous easily. No está tranquilo. Se pone nervioso con facilidad.
They don’t speak German perfectly. No hablan alemán perfectamente.
They aren’t bad players. They play well. No son malos jugadores. Juegan bien.
You don’t run slowly. You always go fast. No corres despacio. Siempre vas rápido.
You aren’t very clever. You did it wrongly. No tienes muchas esperanzas. Lo hiciste mal.
The children didn’t play happily on the game. Los niños no jugaban contentos al juego.
We aren’t living lonely in the new town. No vivimos solos en la nueva ciudad.
Do you like to go fast? ¿Te gusta ir rápido?

Can he help us kindly? ¿Puede ayudarnos amablemente?
Is she a beautiful girl? Does she speak beuatifully? ¿Es una chica hermosa? ¿Habla bellamente?
Did the workers work hard today? ¿Trabajaron duro los trabajadores hoy?
Why is he driving recklessly? ¿Por qué conduce imprudentemente?
Can’t they just do it well? ¿No pueden hacerlo bien?
Are you singing happily? ¿Estás cantando contento?
Did They sell their house quickly? ¿Vendieron su casa rápidamente?
81
Conversation 1
Max – Bob, did you see that guy driving recklessly down the street? He almost hit the kids.
Bob – Yes, I saw him. He’s so dangerous with his car. Something must be done.
Max – Well, I called the cops and I hope They can do something about it. A reckless guy like
him can’t be driving freely like that.
Bob – By the way, how about you? Are you a good driver, Max?
Max – Well, I would say so. I think I can drive pretty well.
Bob – Are you a slow or fast driver?
Max – It depends Where I’m driving. I usually drive slowly, specially in town. But when I’m
traveling I like to hit the gas a bit.
Bob – So do I. The highways in our states are usually 3 lanes which give us the possibility of
going little faster.
Conversation 2
Supervisor – Charlie, the reports I received were poorly written. Can you provide me better
ones?
Manager – Yes, Peter. Indeed They were poor. I’ll make sure whoever is responsible for
doing it will redo it.
Supervisor – There’s a nice sample which was sent to the department, use it as a model.
Another thing, it has to be done fast because the deadline is tomorrow.
Manager – There’s one point we need to discuss. One of our customers checked the goods
he received and he said the products were made wrongly. The shapes aren’t correct.
Supervisor – Ok, inform him we will supply him with extra products and with the right shapes.
Manager – I’ll speak clearly to the workers and ensure they will produce the products fast.
Supervisor – Keep me informed, you know I am anxious and I normally wait the infor anxiously.
Adjectives vs manner adverbs

Adjective + noun (adjetivo + substantivo) Verb + manner adverb
I’m a patient person. (Soy una persona paciente) I wait patiently in lines. (Yo esperaré paciente en línea)
He’s not a good singer. (Él no es un buen cantante) He doesn’t sing very well. (Él no canta muy bien)
He’s a fast driver. (Él es un conductor rápido) He drives very fast. (Él conduce muy rápido)
She’s a careful driver. (Ella es una conductora She drives carefully. (Ella conduce cautelosamente)
cuidadosa)
Regular –ly adverbs Irregular adverbs Be, feel, get, etc., + adjective
patient - patiently good – well I’m patient.

careful - carefully. late – late His voice sounds terrible.
easy -easily fast – fast He gets reckless sometimes.
automatic -automatically hard - hard I feel safe with her.
*But: I feel strongly about it.
Angrily - furiosamente Eagerly - Ansiosamente Noisily - ruidosamente

Anxiously - ansiosamente Fast – rápido / rapidamente Politely - educadamente
Badly - Gravemente Frankly – francamente Powerfully - poderosamente
Beautifully - Hermosamente Happily – Felizmente Quickly - rapidamente
Carefully - cuidadosamente Kindly – gentilmente Silently - silenciosamente
Carelessly – Descuidadamente Loudly – altamente (sonido) Slowly – lentamente
Clearly - claramente Naturally - naturalmente Suspiciously - desconfiadamente
82
PRACTICE
1-Salió rápidamente de la habitación porque tenía otra cita.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- Ella hace todas las tareas con cuidado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3-Cantan muy bien.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- Estoy esperando pacientemente en la habitación del médico.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Los jóvenes suelen conducir de forma imprudente.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Siempre hablamos cortésmente con la gente.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7-La máquina siempre se enciende automáticamente.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8-Son lentos y lo hacen todo despacio..
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Llegó aquí de repente pidiendo ayuda.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10-Trabajamos duro para lograr estos resultados.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-Castigó severamente a sus hijos..
_____________________________________________________________________________
12-Este coche es muy bonito y es rápido.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- ¿Hablaron amigablemente con la policía?
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- El juez lo sentenció injustamente
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- El atleta saltó demasiado alto.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16-El médico abrazó al bebé con suavidad.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17-Hablarás inglés fluido muy pronto.
_____________________________________________________________________________
83
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words given.
1- Young people talk relly _______________ (fast) and they don’t speak ________________ (clear), And they use a lot
of slangs. It sounds ____________ (terrible).
2- People aren’t very ____________ (patient) when they have to wait in long lines. They don’t speak to the clerks very
_________ (polite), either.
3- Sometimes families argue because parents and children see things _____________ (different).
4- A lot of people ___________ (automatic) answer their cell phones when they ring, even at dinner. I think that’s just
__________ (rude).
5- people don’t feel ___________ (safe) on the roads because so many people are driving ____________ (dangerous).
6- A lot of people try _____________ (hard) to do their job ___________ (careful) and they get stressed.
7- Do you do your homework ___________ (easy) and ____________ (quick)?
8- Do you practice English ___________ (regular) outside the classroom?
9- Do you usually do __________ (good) on tests?
C – Choose the correct words to complete the sentences.
1- I know this sounds bad / badly, but I love to drive really quick / fast. I think I drive really good / well, though. I don’t
get reckless / recklessly when I get behind the wheel or anything.
2- I try hard / hardly to be neat and tidy. Like, I always put my keys on the shelf automtic / autmatically when I get
home. You can lose your Keys so easy / easily.
3- I think it’s important / importantly to take work serious / seriously. I mean, it only seems right. If you do a job
good / well you feel good / well about yourself, too.
D- Answer the questions using the word in parentheses.
1- How does he speak in public? (loud)

______________________________________________________
2- How do you behave when you are in a job interview? (nervous)
______________________________________________________
3- How do you walk at the park? (slow)
______________________________________________________
4- How do you live your life? (happy)
______________________________________________________
84
LESSON 25
QUARTER TEST V
A- Choose the right expression to agree with the statements.

1- Daniel likes to go fishing with his kids on Sundays
a) Neither do I b) So do I c) So am I
2-His wife doesn’t like to go with them because she gets sick.
a) So does mine b) Mine too c) Neither does mine.
3- My kids study English at Aliança América.

a) I don’t b) me too c) I do so.
4- I am very happy to be learning English easily.

a) So am I b) So do I c) am I too.
B- Translate the sentences below:
1- Eu tenho alguns bons livros para aprender inglês.

____________________________________________________________
2- Ninguém quer aprender mandarin.
____________________________________________________________
3- Você quer um pouco de café?
____________________________________________________________
4- Tem algo que eu preciso de contar. Me ligue, por favor.
____________________________________________________________
C- Choose the correct verb to complete the sentences:
1- When I wake up I must ________ my bed. (do / make)

2- He _________ mistakes when he is doing his homework. (do / make)
3- They usually ________ the shopping on weekends. (do / make)
4- Could you _________ me a favor? (do / make)
D- Choose the correct word to complete the sentences:

1- Peter is a ____________ man. He never fights. (peaceful / peacefully)
2- She answered all the question ________________ (clever / cleverly).
3- My neighbor is very kind. She Always speak to us __________ (polite / politely)
4- It’s a ___________ (dangerous / dangerously) street. Be careful.
5- I run very ___________ (fast / fastly).
85
LESSON 26
RELATIVE CLAUSES
I know the man who lives next door. Conozco al hombre que vive al lado.
You have a dog which is very dangerous. Tienes un perro que es muy peligroso.
I want to live in a place where is near your house. Quiero vivir en un lugar cercano a tu casa.
A boutique is a place where you can buy nice clothes. Una boutique es un lugar donde puedes comprar ropa bonita.
Peter is a guy who I grew up with. Peter es un chico con el que crecí.
He is a person who I can trust. Es una persona en la que puedo confiar.
I went to the place where you told me about. Fui a un lugar del que me hablaste.
There are days when I feel really tired. Algunos días me siento bastante cansado.
The girl who is standing there is my sister. La niña parada allí es mi hermana.
Steve Jobs, who was a genius, died from cancer. Steve Jobs, que era un genio, murió de cáncer.
Jane is the woman who sells nice jewelry. Jane es la mujer que vende grandes joyas.
They are the people who you can count on. Son las personas con las que puede contar.
Papa Ginos is a nice restaurant where you feel happy. Papa Ginos es un restaurante donde te sientes feliz.
Aliança is the school where I learn English fast. Aliança es la escuela donde aprendo inglés rápidamente.
She is the one who helps everyone. Ella es la persona que ayuda a todos.
The cops caught the robber who was stealing the kids. La policía atrapó al bandido que estaba robando a los niños.
The house which we bought is in brown. La casa que compramos es marrón.
The teacher who teaches here is American. El maestro que enseña aquí es estadounidense.
Jason, who lives in Paris called me yesterday. Jason, que vive en París, me llamó ayer.
He was wearing a suit which didn’t seem to fit him well. Llevaba un traje que no le sentaba bien.
Winter is the season when I’m always happy. El invierno es la temporada en la que siempre estoy feliz.
He’s a musician whose albums sold millions. Es el músico cuyo álbum ha vendido millones.
The people who we met are from Canada. Las personas que conocemos son de Canadá.
The assistant who helped us was very kind. El asistente que nos ayudó fue muy amable.
That TV is the one that is broken. Ese televisor es el que está roto.
The movie that we saw was really interesting. La película que vimos fue muy interesante.
My Family, who lives in the USA, is coming back. Mi familia que vive en los Estados Unidos está regresando.
Doctor Susie who assisted us is very professional. La Dra. Susie, que nos ayudó, es muy profesional.
This is the house where I want to live some day. Esta es la casa en la que quiero vivir algún día.
Jeff, whose car broke down, needs some help. Jeff, cuyo coche se averió, necesita ayuda.
We are the people who want to help you. Somos las personas que queremos ayudarte.
They are the people who Susie met at the party. Son las personas que Susie conoció en la fiesta.
Negative Negativo
He isn’t the person who I expected. No es la persona que esperaba.
This isn’t the house where I want live forever. Esta no es la casa en la que quiero vivir para siempre.
This isn’t the car that goes fast as I wish. Este no es el auto que es rápido como yo quería.
Those aren’t the books which will help me learn more. Esos no son los libros que me ayudarán a aprender más.
Christmas isn’t the holiday when people travel. La Navidad no es la época en la que la gente viaja.
I can’t find my notebook that has all my notes. No encuentro mi cuaderno con todas mis notas.
My laptop, which doesn’t help me much is broken. Mi cuaderno, que no me ayuda mucho, está roto.
Is he the guy who will work with us? ¿Es el tipo que trabaja con nosotros?
Are they the people who I can trust? ¿Son las personas en las que podemos confiar?
Are these keys the keys which you were asking? ¿Son estas las llaves que pedías?
Do you love those socks that you wore yesterday? ¿Te encantan esos calcetines que te pusiste ayer?
Did you talk to the driver who will take us there? ¿Habló con el conductor que nos llevará allí?
Is this the company that will build the machine? ¿Es esta la empresa que fabricará la máquina?
Is this the machine which will be built by the company? ¿Es esta la máquina que construirá la empresa?
Are they the ones who promised to be better? ¿Son ellos los que prometieron mejorar?
86
Conversation 1
Greg – Hi Bob. You’re back, uh? How was you trip?
Bob – What’s up Greg? Well, it was good but, there was this guy who sat right next to me on the
plane that couldn't stop talking.
Greg – But it’s nice to have someone who you can talk with when on a plane, right?
Bob – Wrong. You know I’m a guy who is not really talkative. I feel uncomfortable.
Greg – I got you! Yeah, it can be annoying.
Bob – Another thing is, they didn’t have those nice earpads which could block all noise.
Greg – Poor you, man! But you went to a place where you could have little fun afterwards, right?
Bob – Yes, I could say - besides this guy the whole trip was pretty cool.
Conversation 2
Man – So, what do you do?

Woman – I work for a company that builds little components for cell phones.
Man – That’s interesting. And which company do you supply to?
Woman – We supply to most local businesses that sell phones.
Man – And what do you do there, exactly?
Woman – Well, I’m the person who is responsible for the whole operation and production. I have a
manager who takes care of the sales and a company that delivers the boxes of components.
Man – it seems to be my Lucky day. I’m the owner of a company that is looking for partners to
expand the cell phone Market, which is demanding at the moment.
Relative clauses are sentences that give information about people or things. A relative clause starts with a
relative pronoun who, that, which, where... .
When the relative pronoun is an object, it can be omitted (except wish whose and where)
That is that man who I saw last night. *who in this case is
the relative pronoun
and can be omitted
Main clause Relative Clause
When the relative pronoun is a subject, it can never be omitted.
Aliança América is an English school that provides the best English course in the world. *that in this case is
the relative pronoun.
Main clause Relative Clause
Some more examples:
- She works for a company that builds cell phones. (Ela trabalha para uma empresa que fabrica celulares).
- The company she works for is the company which I can buy some materials.
(A empresa que ela trabalha é a empresa onde eu posso comprar alguns materiais)
- Jenny likes to talk about the things that she is doing. (Jenny gosta de falar das coisas que ela está fazendo).
- I have a friend who work for Apple. (Eu tenho um amigo que trabalha na Apple)
87
PRACTICE
A- Combine each pair of sentences using relative clauses.
1- I have a friend in the USA. He works for a landscaping company.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- There was a nice guy in my building. He was really good at telling jokes.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- One of my friends from class has a soccer ball. His favorite player signed it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- My sister has a very nice ring. Her husband gave it to her.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- I have a new friend. I met him at Aliança América.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- My wife and I saw a comedy movie last night. It made us laugh a lot.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- They called a plumber. He lives down the street.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- I accidentally broke the computer. The computer was new.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- They live in the countryside. The countryside is in the north of the city.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- My sister has three children. My sister lives in Florida.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11- The manager was nice. The waiter was talking to everyone.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- I have many friends. I only contact them occasionally.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- My sister has a friend. She often goes out with her.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- There is a co-worker in the company. He is always apologizing to the boss.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- New York city. It is the capital of New York State, it’s big.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- He lost the money. I gave him the money.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- The food was delicious. My mom cooked the food.
_____________________________________________________________________________
88
PRACTICE
B- Choose the right relative pronoun to complete each relative clause.
1- I know a sporting store ___________ you can 6- The roast beef ___________ you roasted was absolutely
buy some nice weights. perfect and delicious.
a) That a) which
b) Who b) who
c) Where c) Where
2- Susie knows a girls ____________ brother works for 7- My father remembers the time ____________ he fought
my dad’s company. for the army in Vietnam.
a) Who a) Where
b) Whose b) When
c) Whom c) that
3- Students _________ study at Aliança América learn 8- The people _________ names were selected to win the
English easily. prize, must check-in by the end of the day.
a) When a) Whose
b) Whose b) Whom
c) Who c) Who
4- Goods _______ are imported from other countries are 9- Can you lend me the book _______ you bought last week?
very expensive due the currency. It is really interesting!
a) That a) why
b) Where b) who
c) Why c) That
5- The bad weather is the reason ___________ we 10- My grandmom’s house is a home ___________ I can
couldn’t grow any culture this season. relax and forget everything for a while.
a) When a) Who
b) Where b) Where
c) why c) when
Complete the sentences with relative pronouns from the box.
THAT – WHEN – WHERE - WHICH - WHO – WHOSE - WHY
1- The new movie is about a soldier _____________ was convicted of a crime.

2- He is salesman, _____________ sales surpassed the goals.
3- The DVD recorder _____________ I bought at this store a few days ago is not working.
4- That's the book _____________ I recommended reading in class.
5- Is this the hotel _____________ you are staying for the tournament?
6- My dad, _____________ travels a lot on business, is in Australia at the moment.
7- It was midnight _____________ the first rescue team arrived at the scene of the accident.
8- There are several reasons _____________ I am not allowed to give you any information.
9- We stayed at the famous Rockstar hotel, _____________ also had an indoor swimming pool. 10.
10- Did you write back to the person _____________ offered you a job?
11- The story is about a young woman _____________ 5-year old son suddenly disappears.
12- The tennis court _____________ they usually play is currently not available.
89
LESSON 27
IF CLAUSES – ZERO AND FIRST CONDITIONAL
If I put my hands on fire, they burn. Si pongo mis manos en llamas, se queman.
If I miss the 06 o’clock bus, I arrive late at work Si pierdo el autobús de las 6:00 am, llego tarde al trabajo
If I go the the store, I buy something. Si voy a la tienda, compro algo.
If he gets late at work, his boss gets angry. Si llega tarde al trabajo, su jefe se enoja.
The floor gets wet if we throw some water on it. El suelo se moja si salpicamos un poco de agua.
Ice melts if we leave it outside the freezer. El hielo se derrite si lo dejamos fuera del congelador.
When temperature is below zero it snows. Cuando la temperatura está por debajo del punto de congelación, nieva.
If it rains, I use an umbrella. Si llueve, uso paraguas.
I use an umbrella if it rains. Uso un paraguas si llueve.
If the weather is nice, I will go to the park. Si hace buen tiempo, iré al parque.
I ask for help when I need it. Pido ayuda cuando la necesito.
If she loses her job, she will look for another one. Si pierde su trabajo, buscará otro.
They will go to the beach if it gets hot. Irán a la playa si hace calor.
If you do it for me, I will pay you. Si haces esto por mí, te pagaré.
You will earn more when you graduate. Ganarás más cuando te gradúes.
When they travel, they take their pets with them. Cuando viajan, llevan consigo a sus mascotas.
We pass the test if we study hard. Pasamos la prueba si estudiamos mucho.
The teacher will get mad if we cheat on the test. El profesor se enojará si hacemos trampa en el examen.
When we are on vacation, we travel. Cuando estamos de vacaciones, viajamos.
If he travels, he spends money. Si él viaja, gasta dinero.
He will buy a Sharonsion if he wins the lottery. Comprará un Sharonson si gana la lotería.
They will visit the statue of liberty if They go to NY. Visitarán la estatua de la libertad si van a Nueva York.
If we sell our house, we will buy another one. Si vendemos nuestra casa, compraremos otra.
If they come home early, I will cook a special meal. Si vuelven temprano, prepararé una comida especial.
If you study hard, you’ll learn more. Si estudias mucho, aprenderás más.
You learn real English if you study at Aliança. Aprendes inglés real si estudias en Aliança.
The boss will promote you if you do well on your tasks. El jefe te ascenderá si haces bien tus tareas.
If it rains, you will be able to prepare the soil. Si llueve, puedes preparar el suelo.
You’ll lose your crop if it rains heavily. Perderás tu cosecha si llueve mucho.
Negative Negativo
If you don’t study hard, you won’t pass the test. Si no estudia mucho, no aprobará el examen.
I won’t get tired If I don’t play soccer. No me cansaré si no juego al fútbol.
If she doesn’t go, she won’t spend money. Si no va, no gastará dinero.
They don’t play if they don’t pay. No juegan si no pagan.
If he doesn’t have a job, he doesn’t work. Si no tiene trabajo, no trabaja.
We won’t buy anything if we stay home. No compraremos nada si nos quedamos en casa.
If you don’t go out, you won’t be in dangerous. Si no sale, no estará en peligro.
We don’t get fat if we don’t eat much chocolate. No engordamos si no comemos mucho chocolate.
If they don’t pay me, I won’t deliver the pack. Si no me pagan, no entrego el paquete.
Do you get cold when you get wet from rain? ¿Tiene frío cuando se moja bajo la lluvia?
What will you do if you win the lottery? ¿Qué harás si ganas la lotería?
Does he buy anything if he goes to the store? ¿Compra algo si va a la tienda?
Do they do the homework if their mom asks them ? ¿Hacen su tarea si la madre se lo pide?
Will you take us there if I pay you a good amount? ¿Nos llevarás allí si pago una buena cantidad?
Will he get hurt if the falls from the stairs? ¿Se lastimará si se cae por las escaleras?
Will the company fire him if he doesn’t do the job? ¿Lo despedirá la empresa si no hace el trabajo?
Does she do the grocery if she goes to the store? ¿Compra si va al mercado?
90
Conversation 1
Max – Hi Joe. When it snows, do you usually go skiing?
Joe – Yes, I do if I have some time off.
Max – So do I. When you do it, where do you usually go?
Joe – When I skii, I usually go to the North Pole Resort. It’s cheap and there are Sharony tracks.
Max – Which Months does it usually snow?
Joe – If it’s a good winter, it gets lots of snow from January to March.
Max – Sweet! If you go this winter, do you invite me?
Joe – Yes, of course. If I go skiing this winter, I give you a call.
Conversation 2
Sharon – So Diana, What are you up to this weekend?

Diana – It depends. If the Weather is good, I’ll take the kids to the park. How about you?
Sharon – I’ll also do some outdoor activities if it gets hot. We should go together.
Diana – Yes, we should. I’ll give you a call to let you know if the Weather forecast is good.
Sharon – I have some relatives coming over this weekend but it won’t be a problem if they come.
Diana – No problem at all. You can also take them with you.
Sharon – I really appreciate it. You’re always so kind.
Zero conditional
We use the zero conditional when the result of the condition is always true based in a fact.
If you put your hands on fire, they burn. If + subject + simple present + subject + simple present
Condition Result
First conditional
We use the first conditional when we have a possible result in the future.
If it rains tomorrow, I will stay home. If + subject + simple present + subject + will + verb
Condition Result
You can also start the sentence with the result without changing the meaning.
I will stay home if it rains tomorrow. (Ficarei em casa se chover amanhã)

My hands burn if I put them on fire. (Minhas mãos queimam se eu as colocar no fogo).
Note: When you start a sentence with the result, you don’t need to use a comma (,) to separe the 2
clauses.
Sometimes, we
use shall, can or may instead
of will, for example:
If it's sunny this afternoon,
we can play tennis.
91
PRACTICE
1-Si la gente come mucho, engorda.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2-Si me expongo al frío, pescaré un resfriado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Las serpientes muerden si se asustan.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4-Si los bebés tienen hambre, lloran.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5-La gente muere si no come.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6-El aceite flota si lo pones en agua.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Si el transporte público es eficiente, la gente deja de utilizar el coche.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8-La hierba se moja cuando llueve.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Si pone sal en el agua, se vuelve salada.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Las plantas mueren si no reciben agua.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-Si llueve, no iré al parque.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12-Si estudias mucho, aprobarás el examen.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13-Compraré unos pares de zapatos si tengo dinero.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14-Si no se va pronto, perderá el autobús.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15-Si gano la lotería me compraré una mansión.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- Si quieres, puedo ir contigo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17-Si me llaman, iré a su fiesta..
_____________________________________________________________________________
92
PRACTICE
B- Match the two columns to make conditional clauses.
1. If I am late for class, (A) if they don’t eat.

2. When he stays up very late, (B) I always look left and right.
3. People get hungry (C) my teacher gets angry.
4. If you study hard, (D) when he is happy.
5. When she watches a movie, (E) I take a taxi to work.
6. When I cross the street, (F) he is very tired the next morning.
7. I can’t do my homework, (G) the librarian gets angry.
8. He always smiles (H) if you want to lose weight.
9. If I miss the bus, (I) she likes to eat popcorn.
10. When you make lots of noise, (J) when it rains.
11. Tea tastes sweet (K) I watch a funny movie.
12. You should eat less (L) he listens to music.
13. I always take my umbrella (M) you get good grades in school.
14. When I’m sad, (N) if you add some sugar.
15. When he cleans the house, (O) if I don’t have my glasses.
C- Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verb given:
1- If we _____________ , we _____________ there in time. (HURRY, GET)
2-. I _______________ to the doctor unless the pain _______________. (NOT GO, INCREASE)
3- If you _______________ in public places you _______________ into trouble. (SMOKE, GET)
4- We _______________ for a picnic tomorrow if the weather _______________ nice. (GO, STAY)
5- Everyone _______________ you if you _______________ them the truth. (BELIEVE, TELL)
6- If he __________________ up, he _______________ to work on time. (NOT WAKE, NOT GET)
7- If she _______________ her keys, she _______________ angry. (LOSE, BE)
8- If the baby _______________ a boy, I _______________ him Jonathon. (BE, CALL)
9- You _______________ an accident if you _______________ so carelessly. (CAUSE, DRIVE)
10- She _______________ it if she __________________ me the truth. (REGRET, NOT TELL)
11- If you _______________ the house now, you _______________ late for the meeting. (NOT LEAVE, BE)
12- Margaret _________________ to the party unless you ______________ her. (NOT COME, INVITE)
13- I _______________ you with the dishes if you _______________ tired. (HELP, BE)
14- We ______________ any tickets for the performance unless we ______________ them in advance. (NOT GET, BUY)
93
LESSON 28
IF CLAUSE – SECOND CONDITIONAL
If I met the presidente, I would say hello. Si conociera al presidente, lo saludaría.
If he won the lottery, he would travel the world. Si ganara la lotería, viajaría por el mundo.
If you had a Ferrari, you would drive really fast. Si tuvieras un Ferrari, conducirías muy rápido.
They would pass the test if they studied. Pasarían la prueba si estudiaran.
If he had her number, he would call her. Si tuviera su número, la llamaría.
If I were you, I would do that. Si yo fuera tú lo haría.
If we traveled to NY, we would visit the Central Park. Si viajáramos a Nueva York, visitaríamos Central Park.
If she had enough money, she would buy the company. Si tuviera suficiente dinero, compraría la empresa.
If the situation was different, we would understand. Si la situación fuera diferente, lo entenderíamos.
He would be fluente if he lived in England. Lo hablaría con fluidez si viviera en Inglaterra.
If they went to the movies, hey would watch the film. Si iban al cine, veían la película.
If it was beautiful, they would buy it. Si esto fuera bonito, lo comprarían.
If I were you, I would buy this house. Si yo fuera tú, compraría esta casa.
If I knew her name, I would call her. Si supiera su nombre, la llamaría.
I would be happy if I had more free time. Sería feliz si tuviera más tiempo libre.
I would tell you the answer if I knew what it was. Te diría la respuesta si supiera cuál es.
There would be less accidents if everyone drove more Habría menos accidentes si todos condujeran con más cuidado.
carefully. Tendríamos mucho dinero si vendiéramos nuestra casa.
We would have a lot of money if we sold our house. Si pagaba las entradas, vendrían.
If I paid the tickets, they would come. Aceptaría el trabajo si me lo ofrecieran.
I would accept the job if they offered it to me. Si rompiste esto, nos lo dirías.
If you broke it, you would tell us. Si ganaba la competencia, obtendría un buen premio.
If I won the competition, I would get a good prize. Si jugara para el equipo, ganaríamos.
If I played on the team, we would win. Si viviera en una gran ciudad, saldría más a menudo.
If I lived in a big city, I would go out more often. Trabajarían más duro si tuvieran la oportunidad.
They would work more if they had the opportunity. Si fuéramos ricos, viajaríamos todos los meses.
If we were rich, we would travel every month. Llamaría a la policía si veía a un ladrón.
I would call the cops if I saw a robber. Ayudaríamos a otras personas si ahorráramos más dinero.
We would help others if we saved more money.
Negative Negativo
I wouldn’t go out if it was dark. No saldría si estuviera oscuro.
He wouldn’t buy the car if he didn’t have the money. No compraría el coche si no tuviera el dinero.
You wouldn’t be so tired if you went to bed earlier. No estaría tan cansado si se fuera a la cama temprano.
They wouldn’t hurt themselves if they didn’t fall. No se lastimarían si no se cayeran.
If he didn’t have a job, he wouldn’t work. Si no tuviera trabajo, no trabajaría.
We wouldn’t buy anything if we didn’t have money. No compraríamos nada si no tuviéramos el dinero.
I wouldn’t go to the party if I were you. No iría a la fiesta si fuera tú.
If we didn’t win the game, we wouildn’t celebrate. Si no ganamos el juego, no lo celebraremos.
He wouldn’t Walk everyday if he had a bike. No caminaría todos los días si tuviera una bicicleta.
What would you do if you were me? ¿Qué harías si fueras yo?
Where would they go if they had the chance? ¿A dónde irían si tuvieran la oportunidad?
Would she travel if she was on vacation? ¿Viajaría si estuviera de vacaciones?
If they were here, what would they do? Si estuvieran aquí, ¿qué harían?
If they knew, would they tell her? Si lo supieran, ¿se lo dirían?
Where would they move if they could? ¿A dónde se moverían si pudieran?
If you were rich, what would you buy? Si fueras rico, ¿qué comprarías?
Would we pass if we studied? ¿Pasaríamos si estudiáramos?
94
Conversation 1
Max – What’s going on, Joe? I have a question – Where would you like to go if you won a free
ticket?
Joe – No Much, Max. Man, I would go to Cape Cod if I could.
Max – And if you went there, what would you do?
Joe – There are many places to visit and much to do in a place like that. If I knew some to go
with me I would pay the ticket.
Max – Well, maybe I would go if you paid my expenses.
Joe – We can discuss this possibility.
Max – I’d love to if you asked my boss.
Joe – I would do that if I had his number.
Conversation 2
Sharon – So Diana, If you found a cat wandering on your street, would you take it home?
Diana – If I knew it wouldn’t have owner, yes. I might!
Sharon – Would your family let you stay with it if you took it?
Diana – Yes, they would. Here at home everybody loves pets, specially cats.
Sharon – I’m asking you because there’s this cat right on my street that is wandering every
morning. I want to take it home but my mom said if I took it home she would punish me.
Diana – Oh Sharon. Poor kitty. If you could, would you hold it for me? I’ll go there and take it.
Sharon – That would be awesome if you do it!
Second conditional
The second conditional is used to imagine present or future situations that are impossible or unlikely in reality.
If you had more money, you would travel more. If + subject + simple past + subject + would + infinitive
Condition Result
Answer the following questions with your teacher.
1. If you could change one thing about yourself, what would you change?
2. If you could stay one age forever, what age would it be?
3. If you won the lottery, what would you do?
4. If you woke up suddenly because your house was on fire, what item would you save first?
5. If you could only eat one food for the rest of your life, what would you choose?
6. If you meet anyone, dead or alive, who would you choose to meet?
7. If you changed your name, what name would you choose?
8. If you were the world’s best at something, what would you like to be the world’s best at?
9. If you could travel in time, would you prefer to see the future or the past?
10. If you had a choice to have no children or ten children, what would you choose?
11. If you could have any job, what job would you like to have?
12. If you didn’t need sleep, how would you spend your nights?
95
PRACTICE
1- Si fuera a Estados Unidos, compraría mucho allí.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- ¿Qué harías si ganaras un Ferrari?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3-Si veía una serpiente en la calle, me escapaba.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- Si ella me dijera cómo hacer esto, lo haría sin ningún problema.
_____________________________________________________________________________
5-No compraría todas estas cosas si no fuera necesario.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6-Pintaría mi casa si tuviera tiempo libre.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7-Hoy iría al cine si no tuviera que trabajar.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8-¿Qué harían si alguien les dijera la verdad?
_____________________________________________________________________________
9-Me comería una pizza si no estuviera a dieta.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Si yo fuera tú, no me preocuparía tanto.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11-Conduciría a Las Vegas si la gasolina no fuera tan cara.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12-Si esta empresa me contratara, yo sería el director.
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- Si tuviera que trabajar, no tendría tiempo de quedarme aquí
_____________________________________________________________________________
14-Si respirara más al jefe, no perdería su trabajo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- Si viviéramos en España seríamos felices.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16-Si tuviera un millón de dólares, compraría una mansión.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17-Si fuera a Madrid, visitaría los lugares de interés..
_____________________________________________________________________________
96
PRACTICE
B- Rewrite the sentences and use the second conditional. Keep the same meaning.
Example
My car is out of order. I won't drive you there.
If my car wasn't out of order, I would drive you there.
1- I don't know his phone number. I can't contact him.

If I .............................. his phone number, I would contact him.
2- He is sick. He can't go skiing.

If he wasn’t sick, he ........................... skiing.
3- He doesn't like pasta. He won't eat the spaghetti.

If he .......................... pasta, he would eat the salad.
4- I travel on my own because I speak English.

I wouldn't travel on my own if I ........................................... English.
5- We don't have enough room in our house. You can't stay with us.
If we ...................... enough room in our house, you could stay with us.
6- You aren't lucky. You won't win.

If you were lucky, you .................................... .
7- I go to bed early because I work so hard.

I wouldn't go to bed early if I ........................................ so hard.
8- I am eighteen. I can vote.

If I ......................... eighteen, I couldn't vote.
9- Go to Corfu. You may like it.

If you went to Corfu, you .................................... it.
10- You'll manage it. Don't panic.

You would manage it if you .............................................. .
C- Write sentences with the second conditional learned.
1- If I were ______________________________________________________________.
2- If I had _______________________________________________________________.
3- If I knew ______________________________________________________________.
4- If I won _______________________________________________________________.
5- What would you do if ____________________________________________________?
6- Where would you go if ___________________________________________________?
7- If they broke____________________________________________________________.
8- If we studied ___________________________________________________________.
97
LESSON 29
USED TO vs BE USED TO
Verb Verbo
Used to Estar acostumbrado

Be used to Estaba acostumbrado
I used to ride a bike when I was a kid. Solía andar en bicicleta cuando era niño.
She used to go to the club with her friends. Solía ir al club con sus amigos.
They used to play in a band. Solían tocar en una banda.
My parents used to go out at night. Mis padres solían salir de noche.
We used to talk on the phone for hours. Solíamos hablar por teléfono durante horas.
It used to work better when it was new. Solía trabajar mejor cuando era joven.
He used to work for an international company. Él solía trabajar para una empresa internacional.
I used to walk my dog in the park every morning. Solía pasear a mi perro en el parque todas las mañanas.
She is used to riding her bike with her daughter. Está acostumbrada a andar en bicicleta con su hija.
They are used to doing their grocery every weekend. Están acostumbrados a comprar todos los fines de semana.
I’m used to working overtime. Estoy acostumbrado a trabajar horas extras.
We are used to the cold weather. Estamos acostumbrados al frío.
He used to study every weekend when he was a kid. Solía estudiar todos los fines de semana cuando era niño.
We used to travel on vacation, but now it’s impossible. Solíamos viajar de vacaciones, pero ahora es imposible.
We are used to studying English, we love it. Estamos acostumbrados a estudiar inglés, nos encanta.
She is used to going to the movies on Fridays. Está acostumbrada a ir al cine los viernes.
It is used to raining between December and March. Suele llover entre diciembre y marzo.
They used to go to their grandparents’ for Christmas. Solían ir a la casa de sus abuelos en Navidad.
They are used to going to their parents’ on Sundays. Están acostumbrados a ir a casa de sus padres los domingos.
The dog used to play with the kids, but now he is old. El perro solía jugar con los niños, pero ahora es viejo.
The company used to have a high employee turnover. La empresa solía tener una alta rotación de empleados.
The boss is used to leaving earlier than the orthers. El jefe está acostumbrado a irse antes que los demás.
We are used to traveling on vacation. Estamos acostumbrados a viajar de vacaciones.
He is used to fixing things at home. Está acostumbrado a arreglar cosas en casa.
You are used to going late to bed. Estás acostumbrado a acostarte tarde
Negative Negativo
We didn’t use to swim in the club. The pool was deep. No solíamos nadar en el club. La piscina era profunda.
She didn’t use to ride a bike when she was a kid. No solía andar en bicicleta cuando era niña.
The kids aren’t used to waking up early. Los niños no están acostumbrados a madrugar.
I’m not used to driving in a big city. No estoy acostumbrado a conducir en una gran ciudad.
We’re not used to working until late. No estamos acostumbrados a trabajar hasta tarde.
He isn’t used to studying by himself. No está acostumbrado a estudiar solo.
They used to buy much chocolate at the candy store. Solían comprar mucho chocolate en la panadería.
Did he use to go camping with his counsins? ¿Solía acampar con sus primos?
Are you used to buying at that store over there? ¿Sueles comprar en esa tienda de ahí?
Is it used to raining between December and March? ¿Suele llover entre diciembre y marzo?
Did you use to take a ride back home? ¿Solías pedir que te llevarán a casa?
Did we use to do exercises after dinner? ¿Solíamos hacer ejercicio después de la cena?
Are you used to working out at the gym? ¿Estás acostumbrado a hacer ejercicio en el gimnasio?
Are They used to staying out late? ¿Están acostumbrados a quedarse fuera hasta tarde?
Is he used to doing martial arts over the weekend? ¿Está acostumbrado a hacer artes marciales los fines de
Did they use to buy gifts for the whole family? semana?
Did he use to do business with foreigners? ¿Solían comprar regalos para toda la familia?
¿Solía hacer negocios con extranjeros?
98
Conversation 1
Carlos – Adam, Are you used to studying a foreign language?
Adam – Yes, I am, Adam. I used to work for an international company and they fired me
because I didn’t speak English. So, now I’m used to studying more than one language.
Carlos – What a pity you got fired. But now you might have better opportunities.
Adam – Yes, for sure. At that moment I was so frustrated but then it opened my eyes for the
necessity of learning English and other languages.
Carlos – That’s so cool. And where are you studying?
Adam – I’m studying at Aliança América. I got so used to studying there.They have a very
interesting method. You should study there, as well.
Carlos – Yes, I should. Actually, I’m not used to learning new things but I must give it a try.
Adam – Absolutely! Companies out there are seeking for qualified people.
Conversation 2
Rose – Hello Beth, did you start working in the company I indicated you?
Beth – Not yet. I’m still thinking about because they need someone to work for long hours
sometimes and I’m not used to it.
Rose – I understand that but, you get used to it.
Beth – I know. I used to work long hours when I was living in Canada but after I came back I
got little rusted. But I need to get used to it again.
Rose – Yeah, you will. I’m used to doing that Every week because I need to do some overtime
to pay some bills.
Beth – You’re tough. Let me know if you need any financial help. I used to have some hard
time paying bills but now I can help others.
Rose – I appreciate it but I got used to it. I’m used to living and doing everything myself.
Differences between USED TO, BE USED TO and GET USED TO.
We use used to + infinitive to talk about a past situation that is no longer true. It tells us that there was a repeated action
or state in the past which has now changed.
He used to go to the stadium with his family. (Solía ir al estadio con su familia)
I didn't use to eat pizza but now I always do it. (No estaba acostumbrado a comer pizza pero ahora como siempre).
Be used to means 'be familiar with' or 'be accustomed to’.
I’m used to going to school on foot. (Estoy acostumbrado a caminar a la escuela)

She is used to heat. (Ela está acostumada com calor)
We use get used to to talk about the process of becoming familiar with something.
I don’t like this food but I’ll get used to it. (No me gusta esta comida pero me acostumbraré)
You should get used to this weather. Here’s always cold. (Tienes que acostumbrarte a este clima. Siempre hace frio
aqui.)
Be used to and get used to are followed by a noun, pronoun or the -ing form of a verb, and can be used about the past,
present or future.
99
PRACTICE
1- Antes comía mucho chocolate pero ahora estoy a dieta.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- ¿Solías irte directamente a casa cuando estudiabas en la secundaria?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Ella solía hablar con sus abuelos sobre sus estudios.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4-¿Qué hacías los domingos cuando eras niño?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5-Estoy acostumbrado a estar solo en casa cuando mis padres salen a trabajar..
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Mi madre está acostumbrada a ir sola al supermercado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Está acostumbrado a trabajar horas extras todas las semanas.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- Se acostumbraron a montar a caballo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- No estoy acostumbrado a vivir sin ti
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- Tus padres están acostumbrados a tus payasadas.
_____________________________________________________________________________
11- Solíamos dar un paseo por el parque cuando no era peligroso.
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Te acostumbras fácilmente a las cosas?
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- No me acostumbré al clima de Estados Unidos.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14-No estaban acostumbrados a caminar durante mucho tiempo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- ¿Solías ir a la casa de tus abuelos en Navidad?
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- Están acostumbrados al nuevo jefe.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- No estoy acostumbrado a levantarme temprano.
_____________________________________________________________________________
100
PRACTICE
B- Change the sentences below into negative and interrogative forms:
1. I used to live in a flat when I was a child.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
2. Did we use to go to the beach every summer?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
3. She used to love eating chocolate, but now she hates it.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
4. He didn’t use to smoke.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
5. I used to play tennis when I was at school.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
6. She used to be able to speak French, but she has forgotten it all.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
7. Did he use to play golf every weekend?
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
8. They both used to have short hair.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
9. Julie used to study Portuguese.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
10. I didn’t use to hate school.
_____________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________
Answer the questions below:
a- What did you use to do when you were little?

b- Where did you use to go at the end of the year?
c- Are you used to running over the weekends?
d- What are you planning to get used to?
e- Did you use to get good grades at school?
101
LESSON 30
QUARTER TEST VI
A- Combine the TWO sentences to ONE to make them relative clauses.
1. That is the man. I need to talk to him as soon as possible.

___________________________________________________________________________________________
2. The movie is about a doctor. He became the first doctor to get a brain surgery done.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
3. That is the place. I grew up there.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
4. I met a grower. His company exports fruits.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
5. My brother gave me a letter. It was in a large envelope.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
1-Si trabajo, gano dinero

____________________________________________________________
2- Si come mucho, engorda.
____________________________________________________________
3-Si llueve, no iré al espectáculo.
____________________________________________________________
4-Si ganamos la lotería, compraremos una casa nueva y un auto nuevo .
____________________________________________________________
C- Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs to make second conditional:
1- If I _____________ (be) you, I ______________ (buy) a new suit for the meeting.
2- He _______________ (travel around the world if he ______________ (win) the lottery.
3- If we _____________ (had) a new chance, we _______________ (do) everything differently.
4- If she ______________ (live) in Moscow, she ________________ (hate) the cold weather.
D- Translate the sentences below:

1-Mis padres solían llevarnos al parque de atracciones.
__________________________________________________________________________
2-.No estoy acostumbrado a cocinar.
__________________________________________________________________________
3-Necesitan acostumbrarse a la nueva rutina de trabajo.
__________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Estás acostumbrado a hacer ejercicio por las mañanas?
__________________________________________________________________________
102
LESSON 31
PRESENT PERFECT TENSE
Verb Verbo
I have done. Yo he hecho

You have studied. Tu has estudiado
She has traveled. Ella ha trabajado
He has bought. Él ha comprado
It has eaten Eso ha comido.
We have watched. Nosotros hemos visto.
They have Ellos han caminado.
walked.
I have done my homework. Yo he hecho mis deberes.
You have studied English for so long. Has estudiado inglés durante tanto tiempo.
She has traveled the world. Ella ha viajado por el mundo.
He has bought a nice car. Se ha comprado un buen coche.
The dog has eaten rice and beans. El perro ha comido arroz y frijoles.
We have watched so many action movies. Nosotros hemos visto tantas películas de acción.
They have walked in the park for the last weeks. Han caminado por el parque durante las últimas semanas.
The company has struggled to stay in business. La empresa ha luchado por mantenerse en el negocio.
The language market has grown. El mercado de los idiomas ha crecido.
We’ve finished our homework. Nosotros hemos terminado nuestra tarea.
They’ve accomplished a lot in their lives. Han logrado mucho en sus vidas.
It’s been broke for a while now. Ha estado roto por un tiempo.
Peter’s broken his arm twice. Peter se ha roto el brazo dos veces.
I’ve worked here for 25 years. He trabajado aquí durante 25 años.
She’s been to London many times. Ha estado en Londres muchas veces.
We’ve arrived from work. Hemos llegamos del trabajo.
I’ve lost my Keys. Yo he perdí mis llaves.
They’ve been to France. Han estado en Francia.
All of these products have been made in China. Todos estos productos se han fabricado en China.
Negative Negativo
I haven’t done all my errands. No he hecho todos mis recados.
She hasn’t gone to any trip lately. Últimamente no ha ido a ningún viaje.
The kids haven’t been to Disney yet. Los niños aún no han estado en Disney.
He hasn’t driven a big truck. No ha conducido un camión grande.
We haven’t eaten sushi. No hemos comido sushi.
They haven’t written their reports. No han escrito sus informes.
The manager hasn’t arrived in the company. El gerente no ha llegado a la empresa.
Have you worked in a large company? ¿Ha trabajado en una gran empresa?
Have you ever been to a foreign country? ¿Has estado alguna vez en un país extranjero?
Has he washed the car? ¿Ha lavado el auto?
How have we made all the cakes? ¿Cómo hicimos todos los pasteles?
Have they sold their houses? ¿Han vendido sus casas?
Have you finished reading the book? ¿Has terminado de leer el libro?
Has he visited many museums? ¿Ha visitado muchos museos?
Have they ever played in a professional team? ¿Han jugado alguna vez en un equipo profesional?
Has she seen an UFO? ¿Ha visto un ovni?
Where have you been? ¿Dónde has estado?
103
Conversation 1
Henry – Pete, Have you ever been to a foreign country?
Pete – Yes I have, Henry. I have traveled to many countries so far
Henry – That’s so interesting. Which countries have you ever been to?
Pete – I’ve been to Canada, England, the USA, Brazil and many others.
Henry – I envy you Pete. I haven’t been out of the country. So far, what I most have done is to
travel in a few states inside the country.
Pete – you must try to take your family someday and go abroad. It’s an amazing experience.
Henry – I bet it is. I’ve heard people saying that Mexico has some beautiful views and nice
weather. I would love to take my family there and visit its shores.
Pete – Yeah. Plan your trip in advance and everthing’s going to be nice.
Conversation 2
Rose – Beth, I haven’t received the sales report for this week. Have you done it?
Beth – I haven’t done it yet because I’m waiting for the system update. There’re still some
salespeople who haven’t put it through.
Rose – As soon as They do it, send me the report so we can plan for next week.
Beth – Yes, ma’am. By the way, there are some products which haven’t been sold due the
current exchange. What should we do?
Rose – Costs of production have gone up and it’s been hard to keep products in stock. Get a
crosscheck on the prices and if you see we don’t get loss, sell them with discount.
Beth – Right away. Is there anything else you need me to do.
Rose – That’ll do it. I haven’t done my agenda so, I need to check it!
Present perfect structure.
Subject + have/has + past participle + complement
Example: I have been to many places (He estado en muchos lugares)

He has studied English for 10 years. (Él ha estudiando inglés por 10 años)
Here are some of the usages of the PRESENT PERFECT TENSE:
1- For an action that happened in the past but whose results are obvious in the PRESENT.
Peter has washed his car. (Peter ha lavado su coche)
2- For an action that has JUST finished.

I’ve just arrived from work. (Recién he llegado del trabajo)
3- For an action that started in the past and hasn’t finished.

I have lived here for 10 years. (Yo he vivido aquí por 10 años).
4- For experiences we have/haven’t lived.

I haven’t gone sailing yet. (Yo no he ido a navegar ahí).
5- For an action that happened in unspecified time.

The kids cleaned their room. (Los niños limpiaron su habitación).
104
PRACTICE
A- Use the words and phrases to write information questions in the present perfect.
1. How long / you / live / in this town?
____________________________________________________________________
2. Where / you / be / to / lately?
____________________________________________________________________
3. How many people / she / invite / for the party?
____________________________________________________________________
4. Who / be / to Canada?
____________________________________________________________________
5. Why / you / choose / this car?
____________________________________________________________________
6. How long / Rose / live / here?
____________________________________________________________________
7. What / you / cook / for lunch?
____________________________________________________________________
8. How much / you / spend / this week?
____________________________________________________________________
B- Complete these questions with the past participles of the verbs in the box. Then answer the questions.
Ex: Have you ever studied Spanish? Yes, I have / No, I haven’t.
be eat find fly meet ride sleep
1. Have you ever ____________ on television? Answer: ________________________
2. Have you ever ____________ a horse? Answer: ________________________
3. Have you ever ____________ Indian food? Answer: ________________________
4. Have you ever ____________ a famous person? Answer: ________________________
5. Have you ever ____________ in a helicopter? Answer: ________________________
6. Have you ever ____________ money in the street? Answer: ________________________
7- Have you ever ____________ over a friend’s house? Answer: ________________________
105
PRACTICE
C- Choose the best answer to complete each sentence.
1. She’s been a teacher all her life, ________________.

a. and she loved her job
b. and she loves her job
2. I’ve traveled in Europe a lot, and in 2001 ________________.

a. I’ve gone to Africa
b. I went to Africa
3. I’ve had that car for five years, ________________.

a. and it never breaks down
b. and I sold it
4. We haven’t eaten at the Greek restaurant yet, ________________.

a. so we tried it last night
b. so we want to try it soon
5. We haven’t solved the problem yet, ________________.

a. so we gave up
b. but we aren’t giving up
6. Pedro is one of my best friends; ________________.

a. I’ve known him for a long time
b. I knew him for a long time
D- Translate the sentences below.
1- ¿Dónde estuviste hoy?
_______________________________________________________________________________
2- Terminé de hacer todos mis deberes.
_______________________________________________________________________________
3- He estado en Alemania muchas veces en los últimos años.
_______________________________________________________________________________
4-Fueron al parque.
_______________________________________________________________________________
5-El avión acaba de aterrizar.
_______________________________________________________________________________
6-No hemos tenido una fiesta en mucho tiempo.
_______________________________________________________________________________
7- Hoy no llovió.
_______________________________________________________________________________
106
LESSON 32
PRESENT PERFECT TENSE – SINCE / FOR
We use the present perfect tense to mention present activities that started in the past.
We use for to talk about the period of time up to the present, e.g. for four years, for two days.
I have worked here for 15 years.
(Yo he trabajado aquí por 15 años)
We use since to talk about the time when an activity started. This can be a date, a day, a month, a time or an event,
e.g. since 2010, since last week, since May, since this morning… .
I have worked here since 2006.
(Yo he trabajado aquí desde 2006)
I have had this car for 20 years. He tenido este auto durante 20 años.
He has had this attitude since his mom passed away. Ha tenido esta actitud desde que falleció su madre.
He’s known her for decades. La conoce desde hace décadas.
They have been sick since this morning. Están enfermos desde esta mañana.
The pandamic has happened since March 2020. La pandemia ha estado ocurriendo desde marzo de 2020.
We’ve been here for three hours. Llevamos aquí tres horas.
It has rained since yesterday. Ha estado lloviendo desde ayer.
She has lived in Boston since she left home. Ha vivido en Boston desde que salió de casa.
I have ridden horses since I was a kid. Monto a caballo desde que era niño.
They’ve lost all her flexibility since the accident. Han perdido toda flexibilidad desde el accidente.
We have been married for 20 years. Llevamos 20 años casados.
You’ve played as a professional for 5 months. Llevas 5 meses jugando profesionalmente.
I have taught English since 2005. Enseño inglés desde 2005.
It has been broken since last week. Está roto desde la semana pasada.
We have stayed here for 2 weeks now. Nos hemos alojado aquí durante 2 semanas.
Peter has had English lessons for 10 months. Peter ha estado tomando clases de inglés durante 10 meses.
The company has been closed for 3 years. La empresa ha estado cerrada durante 3 años.
I’ve been on a diet since our last trip to the beach. He estado a dieta desde nuestro último viaje a la playa.
The doctors have searched for the cure since 2001. Los médicos han estado buscando una cura desde 2001.
Negative Negativo
I haven’t seen my family since last year. No he visto a mi familia desde el año pasado.
The kids haven’t played computer games for 2 weeks. Los niños no han jugado juegos de computadora durante 2
We haven’t been to the mall for a year. semanas.
They haven’t taken any vacation since the new boss. Ha pasado un año desde que fuimos al centro comercial.
We haven’t talked since our last fight. No se han tomado vacaciones desde el nuevo jefe.
She hasn’t slept well for 2 days. No hemos hablado desde nuestra última pelea.
He hasn’t played again since he lost the bet. No ha dormido bien durante 2 días.
The faucet hasn’t dropped since he fixed it. No ha vuelto a jugar desde que perdió la apuesta.
El grifo no ha goteado desde que lo arregló.
Have you spoken English since you were a kid? ¿Hablas inglés desde niño?
Have they worked on the project for so long? ¿Llevan mucho tiempo trabajando en el proyecto?
How long have you studied English for? ¿Cuánto tiempo has estudiado inglés?
Have we bought this merchandise since May? ¿Hemos estado comprando esta mercancía desde mayo?
Has it controlled the Market since the last crise. ¿Ha controlado esto el mercado desde la última crisis?
Has he been able to work since yesterday? ¿Ha podido trabajar desde ayer?
Have you driven as a professional for months? ¿Ha estado conduciendo profesionalmente durante meses?
107
Conversation 1
John – Pete, how long you you driven this car?
Pete – I’ve driven it for 10 years now. And it’s still running well.
John – Aren’t you afraid of it braking down on the road?
Pete – Not really. I’ve taken it to the mechanic since last year so, it seen to be perfect.
John – Well, you shouldn’t always trust your mechanic. It’s a machine and it can let you down.
Pete – I know but, it has been with me since my dad moved back to Brazil.
John – Yeah, but when he gave you, it was already old.
Pete – I know. I’ve thought of buying a new one since last month but on the flip side I know I
would miss it. It’s old but runs well.
Conversation 2
Mary – Sharon, How long have you worked for us?

Sharon – Mrs. Mary, I’ve worked here for you for about 3 years.
Mary – And since then, have you changed position?
Sharon – Yes, I have. I’ve changed twice.
Mary – How long have you been in your current position?
Sharon – I’ve been in this position since January.
Mary – Ok. I have a new position for you. From tomorrow on you’ll be working directly with
me. I need someone who I can trust and there’s no one else besides you.
Sharon – I’m very grateful for the opportunity. I won’t disappoint you!
Here are some common irregular verbs to be memorized. Remember we Always form the presente perfect using
the past participle of the verb.
be (is, am, are) was, were been feel felt felt

become became become fight fought fought
begin began begun find found found
break broke broken fly flew flown
bring brought brought forget forgot forgotten
build built built forgive forgave forgiven
burn burned/burnt burned/burnt freeze froze frozen
buy bought bought get got gotten
catch caught caught give gave given
choose chose chosen go went gone
come came come have had had
cost cost cost hear heard heard
cut cut cut hurt hurt hurt
do did done keep kept kept
draw drew drawn know knew known
dream dreamed/dreamt dreamed/dreamt leave left left
drive drove driven lend lent lent
drink drank drunk let let let
eat ate eaten lose lost lost
fall fell fallen make made made
108
PRACTICE
A- Complete these time expressions and time clauses with for or since and then make sentences with them:
1. ___________ three days. _________________________________________________
2. ___________ 3 o’clock _________________________________________________
3. ___________ a long time _________________________________________________
4. ___________ a moment _________________________________________________
5. ___________ last month _________________________________________________
6. ___________ a month _________________________________________________
7. ___________ he was a boy _________________________________________________
8. ___________ 1988 _________________________________________________
B- Complete the sentences below with ‘for or ‘since’.
1. I’ve worked at this company ____________five months.
2. That restaurant has been open __________ this month.
3. Martin has lived there __________ 2012.
4. It has rained __________ a long time.
5. The radio has been on __________ five o’clock.
6. I have wanted to be a lawyer __________ I was a kid.
7. Jeff has studied at this university __________ a week.
8. The telephone has been sold __________ yesterday.
9. They have been married __________ three months.
10. My uncle has been in New York __________ last Tuesday.
11. The plumber has worked here __________ 8 months.
12. I’ve had this job __________ June.
13. I haven’t seen my friend __________ last week.
14. We’ve been without sleeping __________ an hour.
15. I haven’t eaten sushi __________ several months.
16- I have studied English at Aliança ____________ last year.
17- My bike has been broken ___________ a long time.
109
PRACTICE
C- Choose the correct preposition for each of the sentences:
1. We haven’t seen him ________ the summer.

a) since b) for c) from
2. I have been there ________ three weeks.

3. We had our party ________ 8:00 PM until 10:00 PM.

4. I have been sick ________ Sunday.

5. They have been sick ________ three days.

6. I should be ready ________ 30 minutes.

a) Since b) for c) in
7. Paul has not seen Jenny ________ two days.

a) since b) for c) in
8. She has slept well ________ ten hours.

9. My sister will be here ________ two hours.

10. I haven’t drunk anything ________ this morning.

a) since b) for c)in
D- Answer the questions below:

1- How long have you studied English? ____________________________________________________________
2- How long have you been awake? _______________________________________________________________
3- How long have you had your current car? _________________________________________________________
4- How long have you been married? ______________________________________________________________
5- How long have you lived in your house? __________________________________________________________
110
LESSON 33
ADVERBS WITH PRESENT PERFECT
TENSE
Adverb Adverbio
Always Siempre
Never Nunca
Already Ya
Just Sólo
Still Todavía
Yet Aún
I have always wanted to be a musician. Siempre he querido ser músico.
You’ve never sung professionally in a band. Nunca has cantado profesionalmente en una banda.
They’ve already done the homework. Ya hicieron la tarea.
We’ve just arrived from our trip to Los Angeles. Acabamos de llegar de nuestro viaje a Los Ángeles.
She has never been any country in Europe. Ella nunca ha estado en ningún país de Europa.
It’s always been this way. It needs to be changed. Siempre ha sido así. Necesita ser cambiado.
He’s just gone to the bank. Acaba de ir al banco.
It’s never been this way before. Something is wrong. Nunca ha sido así antes. Algo está mal.
He’s already cooked dinner. Let’s eat. Ya ha preparado la cena. Comamos.
They’ve just said you’re going away for while. Acaban de decir que te vas a ir por un tiempo.
It's the first time that I've ever eaten sushi. Es la primera vez que he comido sushi.
We’ve already read all of these books. Ya hemos leído todos estos libros.
The school has just released the students. La escuela acaba de liberar a los estudiantes.
He’s always worked as an English teacher. Siempre ha trabajado como profesor de inglés.
This is the first time I've ever been to England. Esta es la primera vez que estoy en Inglaterra.
We’ve already drunk too much coffee this morning. Ya hemos bebido demasiado café esta mañana.
She has already been one of the best employee. Ella ya ha sido una de las mejores empleadas.
They’ve never lost a championship, so far. Nunca han perdido un campeonato, hasta ahora.
He’s Always wanted to buy one of these books. Siempre quiso comprar uno de estos libros.
Negative Negativo
I still haven’t done the dishes. Todavía no he lavado los platos.
I haven’t done the dishes yet. Todavía no he lavado los platos.
We haven’t been to any rock show yet. Todavía no hemos ido a ningún espectáculo de rock.
She still hasn’t forgiven him for doing that. Ella todavía no lo ha perdonado por hacer eso.
He still hasn’t arrived from work. I’m worried. Todavía no ha llegado del trabajo. Estoy preocupado.
The boss hasn’t given me a raise yet. El jefe todavía no me ha dado un aumento.
They still haven’t delivered the packs we bought. Todavía no han entregado los paquetes que compramos.
We haven’t worked out how to fix the problem yet. Aún no hemos descubierto cómo solucionar el problema.
Have you ever spoken English to a native speaker? ¿Ha hablado alguna vez en inglés con un hablante nativo?
Have they ever worked on a project for so long? ¿Han trabajado en un proyecto durante tanto tiempo?
Have you already done your homework? ¿Ya hiciste tu tarea?
Has she delivered all the reports already? ¿Ha entregado ya todos los informes?
Has Mike visited the National Museum yet? ¿Mike ya ha visitado el Museo Nacional?
Has it ever worked properly? ¿Ha funcionado bien alguna vez?
Have we met the owner of this company yet? ¿Ya conocemos al propietario de esta empresa?
111
Conversation 1
Mike – Jack, have you ever given a public speech?
Jack – Yes, I have. I’ve already done that. In fact, I’ve done it a few times. Have you?
Mike – No, I haven’t. I haven’t done it yet, but I was required to give one next week.
Jack – Well, You’ve already spoken in public, remember? We’ve both spoken to our class already.
Mike – We can’t consider that because it was to our class. I’m afraid of speaking in public and
besides, I still haven’t learned how to speak politely in front of an audience.
Jack – Let’s ask some tips to our oratory teacher.
Mike – That’s the case. He is the one who required me to give the speech.
Jack – Oh boy, now I understand why you’re worried.
Conversation 2
Jenny – Hi bruna, is there any message for me?

Bruna – Yes Mrs. Jenny. There are some. First, the landscaping company still hasn’t mown the
grass because two of their workers are off. Second, Diego has already done the calls you asked
him but he hasn’t retorned to the office yet. Third, the tickets for your business trip are on your
desk. I’ve already set everything for the trip.
Jenny – Thank you for the update, Bruna. About the landscaping company, as they haven’t done
the grass yet, cancel the order for this week. And, have you already order my coffee?
Bruna – Sure, I have. It’s on its way.
Jenny – I haven’t had anything this morning yet so, as soon as it get here bring it to my desk,
please. And let me know when Diego gets here. There are still some stuff I haven’t been able to
get done and I need some help from Diego.
Bruna – Ok, Mrs. Jenny. I’ll let you know.
Read the paragraph below.
I’ve always enjoyed movies. And when I was in high school, my friend and I decided to take a class and we learned
how to make short movies.It was so much fun. So, yeah, and it became a kind of hobby. We’ve made like 20 of them
now – they’re only 5 minutes long – but they take hours of work. And we’ve entered a couple in local competitions.
We haven’t won anything, but anyway, we just entered our latest short movie in a national film festival.
Now, based on the paragraph you’ve just read write a paragraph on your own.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
112
PRACTICE
A- Answer the questions with true information. Add an adverb where necessary.
1- What's something exciting you've done?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
2- What's something scary you've done?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
3- What's something boring you've done in the last month?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
4- How many times have you been late to class recently?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
5- What country have you always wanted to visit?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
6- What kind of food have you never tried before?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
7- What movie have you seen several times?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
8- What's something you've never done, but always wanted to do?
_______________________________________________________________________________________
B- Complete the conversations with the simple past or present perfect.
1- A Have you ever gone (go) cliff diving?

B No, I ________. It sounds too scary! ________ you ________ (do) it?
A Yeah, I ________ (go) last weekend.
B Wow! You're brave. How ________ (be) it?
A It was incredible! I ________ (love) it.
2- A I ________ never ________ (travel) alone. How about you?

B No, but I ________ always ________ (want) to. I’m sure it's exciting.
A I think so, too. Do you know my friend Jill? She ________ (take) a hiking trip alone last year.
B I know. I ________ (speak) to her about it last week.
3- A ________ you ever ________ (try) horseback riding?

B Yeah. I actually ________ (do) it once several years ago.
A Really? ________ you ________ (like) it?
B No, not really. It ________ (be) very scary.
A Oh, too bad. I go all the time. I ________ (get) really good at it
113
PRACTICE
C- Choose the word for each of the sentences:
1. We ________ haven’t seen him today.

a) already b) still c) yet
2. I have ________ wanted to go to the National Park.

a) always b) still c) yet
3. We haven’t had our birthday party ________.

a) still b) never c) yet
4. Have you ________ written a book?

a) still b) never c) ever
5. They have ________ gotten late in class, unfortunately.

a) never b) always c) still
6. My parents have ________ arrived from the grocery shopping.

a) still b) yet c) just
7. Paul has ________ sent me the answers for the science test. Now I can do it!
a) just b) still c) never
8. She ________ hasn’t traveled to her hometown.

a) already b) yet c) still
9. My sister has ________ gotten her birthday gift. Why haven’t I?

a) yet b) already c) never
10. I ________ been to any country in Europe.

a) yet b) always c) never
D- Answer the questions below:
1- Have you ever ridden a Kawasaki ZX11? _________________________________________________________

2- Have you ever driven more than 15 hours without stopping? __________________________________________
3- Have you ever eaten an exotic food? ____________________________________________________________
4- Have you ever lived abroad? ___________________________________________________________________
5- Have you ever been to a cruise? ________________________________________________________________
114
LESSON 34
PRESENT PERFECT CONTINUOUS
Verb Verbo
I’ve been working. He estado trabajando.

You have been studying. Has estado estudiando.
He has been training. Ha estado entrenando.
She has been traveling. Ella ha estado viajando.
It has been leaking. Ha estado goteando.
They have been sleeping. Han estado durmiendo.
We have been talking. Hemos estado hablando.
I’ve been thinking about learning another language. He estado pensando en aprender otro idioma.
You’ve been driving for 5 hours in a row. Has estado conduciendo durante 5 horas seguidas.
He has been struggling with this machine for days. Ha estado luchando con esta máquina durante días.
She has been dealing with foreign companies. Ha estado tratando con empresas extranjeras.
It has been making noise for a while. Ha estado haciendo ruido durante un tiempo.
They have been cooking for the party since yesterday. Llevan cocinando para la fiesta desde ayer.
We’ve been running this business for a long time. Llevamos mucho tiempo gestionando este negocio.
I’ve been working for this company since 1998. Trabajo para esta empresa desde 1998.
They’ve been doing their homework for half hour. Han estado haciendo sus deberes durante media hora.
The world has been dealing with a deadly desease. El mundo ha estado lidiando con una enfermedad mortal.
The driver has been driving for 10 hours. El conductor lleva 10 horas conduciendo.
Paul has been talking on the phone for ever. Paul ha estado hablando del teléfono desde siempre.
Debby has been sleeping for so long. Debby ha estado durmiendo durante tanto tiempo.
We’ve been walking in the park for weeks. Llevamos semanas paseando por el parque.
I’ve been playing in this team since high school. He estado jugando en este equipo desde la secundaria.
You’ve been expecting to graduate. Esperaba graduarse.
He’s been learning languages since he lost his job. Ha estado aprendiendo idiomas desde que perdió su trabajo.
She’s been shopping at the mal lately. Últimamente ha estado comprando en el mal.
It’s been updating the system to the new version. Ha estado actualizando el sistema a la nueva versión.
Negative Negativo
I haven’t been waiting here for too long. No he estado esperando aquí por mucho tiempo.
You haven’t been expecting to be hired. No esperabas que te contrataran.
He hasn’t been drinking too much water due his illness. No ha bebido demasiada agua debido a su enfermedad.
She hasn’t been planning her wedding. Ella no ha estado planeando su boda.
He hasn’t been calling his customers. No ha estado llamando a sus clientes.
They haven’t been traveling this year. No han estado viajando este año.
We haven’t been studying presentially at school. No hemos estado estudiando presencialmente en la escuela.
It hasn’t been working properly. No ha funcionado correctamente.
Have you been going out lately? ¿Has salido últimamente?

Have They been hanging out with their friends? ¿Han estado saliendo con sus amigos?
Has he been wandering without knowing what to do? ¿Ha estado vagando sin saber qué hacer?
Has she been talking to her Family in the last days? ¿Ha estado hablando con su familia en los últimos días?
Has it been broadcasting around the world? ¿Ha estado transmitiendo en todo el mundo?
Have we been eating healthy lately? ¿Hemos estado comiendo sano últimamente?
Have They been feeling sick after coming back home? ¿Se han sentido enfermos después de regresar a casa?
115
Conversation 1
Mike – Jack, How long have you been taking this medicine?
Jack – I’ve been taking it since I was diagnosed with diabetes?
Mike – Oh Jack, I feel sorry for you. It must be annoying right?
Jack – Not really, I just need to be careful when eating. I’ve been following the description and as
far as I don’t eat sugar, I’ll be fine.
Mike – Yes, you’re right. I’ve been reading some articles about diabetes and I found out the if you
control your sugar level on your blood, then you shouldn’t be worried.
Jack – Exactly. And I haven’t been eating anything that could cause any damages on me though.
Mike – Jack, I’ve been planning a barbacue for the coming up Sunday. Would you like to come?
Jack – Yeah, that would be great.
Conversation 2
Debby – Hi Susie, I’m looking for a nice TV serie to watch. What have you been watching lately?
Susie – Hi Debby. I’ve been watching a serie which is called Grey’s Anatomy. As you know I’m
study medicine so, sometimes I learn something new from the serie.
Debby – Oh, that’s wonderful. I’ve been watching a Korean serie but It’s kind of hard to
understand.
Susie – Try Grey’s Anatomy. Besides being so cool it’s also educational. Obviously, I haven’t
been practicing what I learned there because most of it is SCI-FI but I enjoy it.
Debby – Awesome, Susie. I’ll follow your advice. I’ve been thinking about start medicine as well, I
think I can be a good doctor. But I haven’t been getting good grades at school. I must study more.
Susie – Yes, medicine demands a lot from you.
The usages and differences of Present Perfect Tense.
SIMPLE TENSE - In general, we use the presente perfect when we want to talk about unfinished actions or states or
habits that started in the past and continue to the present. Usually we use it to say 'how long' and we need 'since' or
'for'. We often use stative verbs.
- I have done my homework. (He hecho mi tarea)

- You have worked here since 1994. (Tu has estado trabajando aqui desde 1994)
CONTINUOUS TENSE - We use the present perfect continuous when we want to say that an unfinished actions
started in the past and continue to the present. We often use this with ‘for’ and ‘since’.
- I've been living in Boston for two years. (Yo he estado viviendo en Boston por 2 años)
- She's been working here since 2004. (Ella ha estado trabajando aqui desde 2004)
Read the text below and discuss the usages of the presente perfect tense with your teacher.
Mr. David is a very busy salesman. He has been working at Sam’s club for 8 Years and he hasn’t missed a single
day at work. This month, he has sold little less than he usually does. Due the pandemic period, the sales haven’t
been catching as he expected.
His boss has been putting a lot of pression on him to achieve the goals, but it has been really hard to do it He has
been concerning about that and doesn’t know what to do at the moment.
The pandemic has taken many people out of their Jobs and Mr. Davi’s worried.
116
PRACTICE
A- Complete the sentences below with the appropriate conjugation and structure.
1- My sister _____________ _____________ (sleep) _____________ all day.
2- _____________ greg _____________ (do) _____________ his homework?
3- It _____________ _____________ (rain) _____________ for weeks.
4- I got a bad grade because I _____________ not _____________ (study) _____________ hard.
5- They _____________ _____________ (drive) _____________ for two hours.
6- Mary and Jerry _____________ _____________ (run) _____________ marathons since they were young.
7- _____________ you _____________ (wait) ____________ a long time?
8- Where ____________ you _____________ (spend) _____________ your summer holidays?
9- Who _____________ _____________ (eat) _____________ my cookies?
10- _____________ you _____________ (work) _____________ hard?
11- I _____________ _____________ (think) _____________ about quitting my job.
12- Why _____________ you _____________ (get) _____________ up so early recently?
1- Mis hermanos me han estado buscando todo el día.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
2-Los jugadores están mojados porque han estado jugando bajo la lluvia al principio.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
3- Llevan 3 horas pintando su habitación.
______________________________________________________________________________________________
4- Vive al lado durante 6 meses y no me había dado cuenta.
______________________________________________________________________________________________5
- ¿Cuánto tiempo llevas esperando al médico?
______________________________________________________________________________________________
6- ¿Por qué no has comido carne últimamente?
______________________________________________________________________________________________
117
PRACTICE
C- Complete the sentences with the correct form of the verbs in parentheses.
1- I _________ finally __________ (solve) the problem.
2- What ______________________________ recently? (you / do) Anything interesting?
3- My brother _______________________________ (buy) a new motorbike. It looks great.
4- ___________________________________ (you / swim)? Your hair looks wet.
5- Oh, There you are! I ______________________________ (look) for you everywhere.
6- Sorry we are late. How long _______________________________ (you / wait)?
7- I _____________________________________ (know) Peter for a long time.
8- My friends ___________________________________ (run) for two hours already.
9- I _______________________________________ (never / understand) Maths and Physics.
10- The children are tired because they ___________________________________ (play) all day.
11- Susan __________________________________ (never / believe) in ghosts and fairies.
12- I ________________________________________ (write) emails all day.
13- John ________________________________________ (never / see) this film before.
14- What on earth ________________________________ (you / do)? You’re covered in mud.
15- ______________________________ (you / ever / see) the sunrise from here? I heard it’s incredibly beautiful.
16- How long _______________________________ (he / learn) English?
17- I _____________________________ (just / speak) to my cousins. They told me the news.
18- I’m sorry. Monica is not here. She ______________________________ (go) out.
19- We’re really tired because we ___________________________ (train) for the marathon since eight o’clock.
20- _______________________________ (you / finish) doing your homework yet?
21- The students _______________________________ (revise) for their Chinese exam for two hours.
22- Peter, why are you sweating? Because I _______________________________ (clean) the house.
23- Is the lawn finished? Yes, Jefferson _____________________________________ (mow) the grass.
24- It’s still raining. It _____________________________________ (rain) for hours.
25- How much money _________________________________ (you / spend) this week?
26- How long ______________________________________ (you / do) this activity?
118
LESSON 35
QUARTER TEST VII
1- He estado trabajando en la decoración de mi casa y aún no la he terminado.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
2-Olvidó su número de teléfono para no poder llamarla..
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
3- Está lloviendo todo el día. Parece que la lluvia nunca parará..
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
4- Trabajé mucho esta mañana, solo son las 11 de la mañana
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
5- Acaba de terminar la tarea que le envió la maestra.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
6-Llevamos estudiando para los exámenes desde octubre. Espero que estemos listos para entonces..
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
7- He estado buscando a los niños toda la mañana. No sé dónde podrían estar.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
8- Hemos visto esta película antes, así que no necesitamos verla.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
9- Te espero todo el día. ¿Dónde has estado?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
10-Michel ha pilotado un avión antes pero no sé si podrá pilotar uno tan grande.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
11- Decidí no aceptar la oferta de trabajo.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
12-He estado en India dos veces y cada vez fue una experiencia inolvidable.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
13- Patricio reprobó dos veces el examen de conducir. Debe prepararse mejor.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
14- No he ido a una fiesta desde fin de año. Creo que debería socializar más.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
15- La gente se ha estado quejando toda la tarde por la lentitud en Internet.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
16-Mi hermano ha trabajado durante 30 años en esta empresa y nunca faltó ni un día.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
17- Alguien está usando mi computadora. La batería descargada.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
18- ¿Qué has estado haciendo últimamente para mejorar tu nivel de inglés?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
119
LESSON 36
REPORTED SPEECH
She said that she always ate an apple in the morning. Ella dijo que siempre hasta una manzana por la mañana.
He explained that he was watching the news. Él explicó que estaba viendo las noticias.
He said that Bill had worked last week. Él dijo que Bill había trabajado la semana pasada.
He told me that he had been to England. Él me dijo que había estado en Inglaterra.
He explained that he had just arrived from work. Él explicó que acababa de llegar del trabajo.
They complained that they had been waiting for hours. Ellos se quejaron de haber estado esperando durante horas.
They told me that they had been living in Miami. Ellos me dijeron que habían estado viviendo en Miami.
He said that he would be in San Francisco on Monday. Él dijo que estaría en San Francisco el lunes.
She said that she would be taking the bus next week. Ella dijo que tomaría el autobús la semana que viene.
She said that her mom had cooked dinner. Ella dijo que su mamá había preparado la cena.
He said that his brother had watched a movie. Él dijo que su hermano había visto una película.
She said that her family just had eaten dinner. She dijo que su familia acababa de cenar.
He said he had really enjoyed the party. Él dijo que realmente había disfrutado de la fiesta.
He said that Bill had arrived on Saturday. Él Dijo que Bill había llegado el sábado.
She said that her mom had always been kind. Ella dijo que su mamá siempre había sido amable.
He said that his brother had worked hard. Él dijo que su hermano había trabajado duro.
He said that his girlfriend has contributed a lot. Él dijo que su novia ha contribuido mucho.
She said that her family had always helped. Ella dijo que su familia siempre la había ayudado.
She said that she would be moving next Friday Ella dijo que se mudaría el próximo viernes
He said that he would be going home early. Él dijo que se iría a casa temprano.
He said that he would be working in New York. Él dijo que estaría trabajando en Nueva York.
He said that he would be working out at the gym. Él dijo que estaría haciendo ejercicio en el gimnasio.
She said that her mom had been cleaning the house. Ella dijo que su mamá había estado limpiando la casa.
He said that his brother had been drinking too much. Él dijo que su hermano había estado bebiendo demasiado.
She said that her family had been traveling a lot. Ella dijo que su familia había viajado mucho.
She said that Derek was doing Yoga Ella dijo que Derek estaba haciendo yoga.
He said that his brother could play soccer well Él dijo que su hermano podía jugar bien al fútbol
She said that her family could help me a lot. Ella dijo que su familia podría ayudarme mucho.
She said that she could lend me some money. Ella dijo que podía prestarme algo de dinero.
Negative Negativo
He explained that he wasn’t reading a book. Él explicó que no estaba leyendo un libro.
He said that Bill hadn’t traveled that day. Él dijo que Bill no había viajado ese día.
He explained that he hadn’t just arrived from work. Él explicó que no acababa de llegar a casa del trabajo.
They complained that they hadn’t been studying for hours. Ellos se quejaron de que no estudiaron durante horas.
He said that he wouldn’t be in San Francisco on Monday. Él dijo que no estaría en San Francisco el lunes.
She said that she wouldn’t be on a diet again. Ella dijo que no volvería a ponerse a dieta.
He said that Bill hadn’t bought that car. Él dijo que Bill no había comprado ese auto.
She said that her mom had never nice. Ella dijo que su mamá nunca fue agradable.
He said that his girlfriend hasn’t contributed a lot. Él dijo que su novia no contribuyó mucho.
She said that her family hadn’t always helped. Ella dijo que su familia no siempre ayudó.
He asked me what I was doing. Él me preguntó qué estaba haciendo.
She asked me what my name was. Ella me preguntó cuál era mi nombre.
Tom asked me how my family was. Tom me preguntó cómo estaba mi familia.
My mom asked me Where I had gone. Mi madre me preguntó adónde había ido.
The teacher asked him why he had missed the class. El maestro le preguntó por qué se había perdido la clase.
I asked them what They had been doing. Yo les pregunté qué estaban haciendo.
He asked her how he would help her. Él le preguntó cómo la ayudaría.
We asked him how he could come to school. Nosotros le preguntamos cómo pudo venir a la escuela.
They asked how the trip was. Ellos preguntaron cómo fue el viaje.
120
Conversation 1
Bruce – –Natan,
Natan,I’m I’mlooking
lookingfor forDavi’s
Davi’smessage
messagebut butI can’t
I can’tfind
findit.it.What
Whatdid didhehesay
sayabout
aboutthe
thetest?
test?
Natan ––He Hesaid
saidhe hehad hadprepared
preparedthe thetest
testtotobe
beapplied
appliednext nextweek?
week?
Bruce – –WhatWhatdodoyou you mean
meanbyby next
nextweek.
week. AllAll
thethestudents
students hadhadsaid they
said theywouldn’t
wouldn’tbebe
prepared
prepared byby
next
month
next month duedue the theamountamount of subjects.
of subjects.
Natan – I–know,
I know, I’mI’m notnothappy
happy either
eitherabout
about that.
that.But But we’ve
we’ve got
gottoto follow
follow the
therules.
rules.
Bruce – Ok,– Ok,I need
I need youyouto totelltell
him himwewe can’t
can’ttake
take thethe test next
test nextweek.
week. It has
It hasto to
bebe
next month.
next month.
Natan – Ok, – Ok,I’ll I’ll
do do it. (Calling
it. (Calling David...)
David...)Hello David,
Hello David, Bruce saidsaid
Bruce we wecouldn’t
couldn’t
taketake
the the
text text
nextnext
week.
week. WeWehave
havebeen beenstudying
studyingfor forother
othertests
testsandandit’sit’sjust
justtoo
toomuch
muchororthat thatmoment.
moment.
Davi – Natan,
– Natan, I’ve I’ve
told you
told youall all
to to
bebeprepared.
prepared. I’veI’vebeenbeentelling
tellingyouyouto study
to studyharder andand
harder let me know
let me
if you
know if you would
would have have anyany concerns.
concerns.
Conversation 2
Sandra – Hi Donna, I received a message from one of our customers. He said he couldn’t make
the down payment due a lack of power in his town.
Donna – Couldn’t he have done it in another city. I was told to release the good only upon down
payment.
Sandra – The bank manager said he would do anything to solve the issue as quick as possible.
Donna – Ok, let’s wait then.
Sandra – By the way, what should I tell him about the shipment..
Donna – Tell him I’ll ensure the goods will be shipped as soon as I have the confirmation of the
down payment.
Sandra – Mr. Riggs, Mrs. Donna said she would ensure the goods would be shipped as soon as
he has the confirmation of the down paymento. We apologize for any inconvenience.
Reported speech, also known as indirect speech is used to report what someone says.
There are a few rules which must be followed to structure this tense. Below you can take a look at
the chart to learn how to do it.
DIRECT SPEECH REPORTED SPEECH SPEAKER'S WORDS REPORTED STATEMENT
Present continuous Past continuous Tomorrow The next day/the following day
Present simple Past simple Yesterday The day before
Present perfect Past perfect Here There
Past perfect No change This/that The
Past simple Past perfect This morning That morning
Past continuous No change (usually) today That day
shall/will Would Tonight That night
Can Could Next/on Tuesday The following Tuesday
Could No change Last Tuesday The previous Tuesday
Must Had to or no change The day after tomorrow In two day's time
Should No change Ago Before/previously
Ought to No change
May Might
Imperative Infinitive
121
PRACTICE
A- Change this direct speech into reported speech:
1. “He works at a school called Aliança América”

He said ___________________________________________________________
2. “We went to a nice restaurant last night”

She told me ________________________________________________________
3. “I’m coming to town next week!”

She said ___________________________________________________________
4. “I was waiting for the food when he called me”

She told me ________________________________________________________
5. “ I’ve never been to California before”

She said ___________________________________________________________
6. “I didn’t go to the party because it was raining.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
7. “Jennifer will come after the party.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
8. “He hasn’t had lunch yet.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
9. “I can do the chores tomorrow.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
10. “You should take some time off.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
11. “I don’t like to go to noisy places.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
12. “I won’t drive to work tomorrow.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
13. “She’s living in Paris for a few months.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
14. “I visited my relatives last weekend.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
15. “She hasn’t eaten sushi before”

She said ___________________________________________________________
16. “I haven’t been to London. I heard it’s a beautiful city.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
17. “They would buy a new house if they could.”

She said ___________________________________________________________
18. “I’ll do the cleaning tomorrow. I’m too tired today.”

She told me ________________________________________________________
122
PRACTICE
Change the direct questions into reported questions:
1. Is John at home?
She asked me if __________________________________________________
2. Am I late?
She asked me if __________________________________________________
3. Is it cold outside?
She asked me if __________________________________________________
4. Are they in Paris?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
5. Is the bus stop near the shopping centre?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
6. Is the milk fresh?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
7. Are you a doctor?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
8. Are James and Lucy from France?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
9. Is my brother in the garden?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
10. Is the weather good in Shanghai in the summer?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
11. Does Julie drink tea?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
12. Do you like chocolate?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
13. Do they own a flat?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
14. Does David go to the cinema often?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
15. Do the children study Chinese?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
16. Do they go on holiday every summer?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
17. Does your sister live in Stockholm?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
18. Do I talk too much?

She asked me if __________________________________________________
123
LESSON 37
PASSIVE VOICE
Verbal voices Voces verbales
Active voice Voz activa

People build houses every day. Las personas construyen casas todos los días.
Passive voice Voz pasiva

Every day houses are built by people. Todos los dias casas son construidas por las personas.
English is spoken by people. Inglés es hablado por la gente.

Machnes are made by men. Las máquinas están hechas por hombres.
The house was built last year. La casa fue construida el año pasado.
The package is sent by the post office. El paquete es enviado por la oficina de correos.
The fruits are being eaten by the children. Las frutas están siendo comidas por los niños.
A song is being sung by the band. La canción está siendo cantada por la banda.
A table has been made by the joiner. El carpintero ha hecho una mesa.
The book has been read by the students. Un libro había sido leído por los estudiantes.
A car was bought by him. El coche fue comprado por él.
The rooms were painted by the neighbors. Las habitaciones fueron pintadas por los vecinos.
The house was being cleaned by the maid. La casa estaba siendo limpiada por la mucama.
The homework will be done by the end of the day. La tarea estará hecha al final del día.
A report will be delivered to you as soon as possible. El informe será enviado lo antes posible.
The dog will be adopted by the little girl. El perro será adoptado por la niña.
The presidente is know by managing the country. El presidente es conocido por administrar el país.
Many people were killed during the hurricane. Muchas personas murieron durante el huracán.
More than 50 businesses were closed in the last year. Más de 50 negocios fueron cerrados en el último año.
A new episode of Sponge Bob is being shot today! ¡Un nuevo episodio de Bob Esponja es grabado el día de
A new planet has been found in the our galaxy. hoy!
Un nuevo planeta se ha encontrado en nuestra galaxia.
Negative Negativo
Rice isn’t grown in Brazil. El arroz no es cultivado en Brasil.
This paint wasn’t painted by the artist. Esta pintura no fue pintada por el artista.
These buildings weren’t built the the company. Estos edificios no fueron construidos por la empresa.
Ink hasn’t been used for writing only. La tinta no se ha utilizado solo para escribir.
The geometry paperwork hasn’t been done. El trabajo de geografía no ha sido hecho.
Teachers haven’t been treated well in our country. Los profesores no han sido tratados bien en nuestro país.
The note wasn’t written by me. La nota no fue escrita por mí.
The lessons are going to be explained by the teache. Las lecciones serán explicadas por el profesor.
The inhabitants will be helped by the government. Los habitantes serán ayudados del gobierno.
It was being washed because it was really dirty. Estaba siendo lavando porque estaba muy sucio.
Was the cake made by mom? ¿La torta fue hecha por mamá?
Will the classes be canceled this week? ¿Las clases serán canceladas esta semana?
Has the work been finished by you? ¿Ha sido terminado el trabajo por tí?
When will the results be announced by the lab? ¿Cuando los resultados serán a anunciados por el laboratorio?
Have they been invited by you? ¿Han sido invitados por tí?
What was said by him? ¿Qué fue dicho por él?
Can it be cured by the doctors? ¿Puede esto ser curado por los doctores?
Were you recognized by her? ¿Fuiste reconocido por ella?
Is this work being done by you? ¿Está hecho este trabajo por tí?
124
Conversation 1
Oliver ––Jack,
Jack,didI’myou for Davi’s
see the
looking message but I can’t find it. What did he say about the test?
news yesterday?
Jack – He Notsaid
really.he What happened?
had prepared the test to be applied next week?
Oliver – –They
Whatsaid do the
youbusinesses
mean by next in town
week.will
Allbetheclosed for ahad
students fewsaid
weeks wouldn’t
theydue the pandemic. It’s awful.
be prepared by
Howdue
next month arethe weamount
going toofsurvive?
subjects.
Jack –– Indeed. I’m not happy
I know, Something must be done.
either about We But we’ve
that.have our expenses.
got to follow the rules.
Oliver – –Workers
Ok, I needshouldyoubetopaid during
tell him can’tperiod.
we this take the test next week. It has to be next month.
Jack – Ok,Yes,I’llThey
do it.should.
(CallingWithout
David...)the sales
Hello it’s impossible
David, Oliver said for couldn’t
we us keep take
paying
thethem. Andweek.
text next another
We havething
beenis,studying
all the taxes are tests
for other beingand it’s just
charged against us. or that moment.
too much
Oliver – Well,
– Jack,all I’ve
we can
told do
youit all
waittotobesee what will
prepared. I’ve
bebeen
donetelling
for allyou
of us
to study harder and let me kn
Conversation 2
Betty – Hi
– Nanda,
Nanda,There
I received
are aafew
message
workers from
whoone
areofgoing
our cusBobers.
on a strike.He saidshould
What he couldn’t
we do?make
Nanda ––Couldn’t
Well, production
he have can’t
done be
it inpaused.
anotherGetcity.new workers
I was told toand keepthe
release thegood
production running.
only upon down
Betty – The
– Ok,bank
I’ll do that. Butsaid
manager there
hewill be extra
would expenses
do anything with it.
to solve the issue as quick as possible.
Nanda ––Ok,Ok,let’s wait then.
Resouces are being transfered this afternoon so, we have to recover it at the end!
Betty – By
– Great.
the way, what
Most should
of the I tell him
demands from about
themthe shipment..
are: More free time must be given on weekends,
a longer break hasn’t been approved, they want it so bad among others demand.
Nanda ––Tell him I’ll ensure
A meeting the goods
will be held will be shipped
by Boborrow morningas to soon
ensure asall
I have thedo,
we can confirmation of the
will be done.
Betty – Mr.
– Ok,Riggs, Mrs. Nanda
the message said she
is being would ensure
transmitted the goods would be shipped as soon as he
to them.
has the confirmation of the down paymento. We apologize for any inconvenience.
Uses of the Passeive Voice
Passive voice is used when the focus is on the action. It is not important or not known, however,
who or what is performing the action.
There are a few rules to be followed when forming this verbal voice.
Tense Subject Verb Object
Active: Rita writes a letter.
Simple Present
Passive: A letter is written by Rita.
Active: Rita wrote a letter.
Simple Past
Passive: A letter was written by Rita.
Active: Rita has written a letter.
Present Perfect
Passive: A letter has been written by Rita.
Active: Rita will write a letter.
Future I
Passive: A letter will be written by Rita.
Active: Rita can write a letter.
Modal Verb
Passive: A letter can be written by Rita.
Active: Rita is writing a letter.
Present Progressive
Passive: A letter is being written by Rita.
Active: Rita was writing a letter.
Past Progressive
Passive: A letter was being written by Rita.
Active: Rita had written a letter.
Past Perfect
Passive: A letter had been written by Rita.
Active: Rita will have written a letter.
Future II
Passive: A letter will have been written by Rita.
Active: Rita would write a letter.
Conditional I
Passive: A letter would be written by Rita.
Active: Rita would have written a letter.
Conditional II
Passive: A letter would have been written by Rita.
125
PRACTICE
A- Change the sentences below in active voice into passive voice.
1- Bob closes the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
2- Bob is closing the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
3- Bob has closed the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
4- Bob closed the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
5- Bob was closing the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
6- Bob had closed the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
7- Bob will close the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
8- Bob is going to close the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
9- Bob will have closed the gate. The gate ______________________________________ by Bob.
10- Is bob closing the gate? __________ the gate ___________________________ by Bob?
11- Does bob close the gate? __________ the gate ___________________________ by Bob?
12- Did Bob close the gate? __________ the gate ___________________________ by Bob?
13- Has Bob closed the gate? __________ the gate ___________________________ by Bob?
14- Can Bob close the gate? __________ the gate ___________________________ by Bob?
B- Rewrite the sentences using passive voice.
1- People produce cars in the factory
__________________________________________________________________________________
2- The farmer grows carrot in his field.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3- Everyone in this class loves and respects the teacher.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4- A mechanic repairs a car in the garage.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5- People cut down more and more trees nowadays.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6- The students read story booksevery day.
__________________________________________________________________________________
126
PRACTICE
C- Rewrite the sentences into active voice.
1- The telephone was invented by Alexander Graham Bell.
__________________________________________________________________________________
2- This book was written by a very famous writer.
__________________________________________________________________________________
3- The director was hired by the president of the company.
__________________________________________________________________________________
4- The cake was made by his brother.
__________________________________________________________________________________
5- The movie is being played at the Center Mall Movies.
__________________________________________________________________________________
6- The exotic car has been bought by a rich man.
__________________________________________________________________________________
7- The house will be cleaned by the maid.
__________________________________________________________________________________
8- Can the match be won by these players?
__________________________________________________________________________________
9- That house was built ten years ago.
__________________________________________________________________________________
D- Now, it’s your turn to write sentences in the active and passive voice.
1- Active: __________________________________________________________________________________
2- Passive: _________________________________________________________________________________
3- Active: __________________________________________________________________________________
4- Passive: _________________________________________________________________________________
5- Active: __________________________________________________________________________________
6- Passive: _________________________________________________________________________________
7- Active: __________________________________________________________________________________
8- Passive: _________________________________________________________________________________
127
LESSON 38
SHOULD HAVE / MUST HAVE / WOULD HAVE
Verb Verbo
I should have done Yo debí haber hecho

You must have done Debes haber hecho
He should have done Debería haber hecho
She would have done Ella hubiera hecho
It would have done Hubiera hecho
We must have done Debemos haber hecho
They must have done Deben haber hecho
I should have traveled with her. Debería haber viajado con ella.
You must have done that. Debes haberlo hecho.
She would have interviewed the actress. Habría entrevistado a la actriz.
It must have been love but it’s over now. Debe haber sido amor, pero ahora se acabó.
They should have studied English before. Deberían haber estudiado inglés antes.
We would have bought that car. Habríamos comprado ese coche.
He would have sung at the party. Habría cantado en la fiesta.
She would have drunk all the juice. Habría bebido todo el jugo.
We should have thought about that. Deberíamos haber pensado en eso.
They must have Applied for the job. Deben haber solicitado el trabajo.
She must have had an awful experience. Debe haber tenido una experiencia terrible.
He would have had dinner at your house. Habría cenado en su casa.
I should have left home earlier. Debería haberme ido de casa antes.
We would have helped you all. Los hubiéramos ayudado a todos.
They should have paid the bill. Deberían haber pagado la cuenta.
It would have worked for a longer time. Habría funcionado más tiempo.
They must have kept their mouth shut. Deben haber mantenido la boca cerrada.
The children would have played this game. Los niños habrían jugado a este juego.
Jorge should have told me about the incidente. Jorge debería haberme contado sobre el incidente.
Tania would have gone mad about the gossip. Tania se habría vuelto loca con los chismes.
Negative Negativo
I shouldn’t have gone to the party alone. No debería haber ido sola a la fiesta.
You wouldn’t have had the same lucky I had. No habrías tenido la misma suerte que yo.
She mustn’t have studied for the test. No debe haber estudiado para el examen.
They shouldn’t have driven so fast like that. No deberían haber conducido tan rápido así.
We wouldn’t have done it better. No lo hubiéramos hecho mejor.
They mustn’t have drunk at the party. They are sober. No deben haber bebido en la fiesta. Están sobrios.
He wouldn’t have helped us. He isn’t a nice person. No nos habría ayudado. No es una buena persona.
Would you have stopped if you had the chance? ¿Te habrías detenido si tuvieras la oportunidad?
Should they have planned better the trip? ¿Deberían haber planeado mejor el viaje?
Must he have thrown the documents away? ¿Debe haber tirado los documentos?
Would she have married me? ¿Se habría casado conmigo?
Should I have asked her to marry me? ¿Debería haberle pedido que se casara conmigo?
Would the boss have paid us a treat? ¿El jefe nos habría pagado un regalo?
Must they have broken the glasses? ¿Deben haber roto los vasos?
Should it have turned on before the alarm? ¿Debería haberse encendido antes de la alarma?
Would you have bought me some flowers? ¿Me habrías comprado flores?
Should their parents have been more strict with them? ¿Deberían sus padres haber sido más estrictos con ellos?
128
Conversation 1
Carlos –– Adam,
Adam,Are whatyou would
usedyou have done
to studying to accomplish
a foreign language? more in life.
Adam ––Yes, FirstI of all,Adam.
am, I would havetostudied
I used work formore. Studying is really
an international important
company to get
and they better
fired me opportunities. I
because Iwould
didn’t also
speakhaveEnglish.
takenSo, nowcourse.
a tech I’m used to studying more than one language.
Carlos –– What
Yeah,aI pity
agree youwith
gotyou.
fired.I didn’t
But nowdo you
much in the
might past.
have I should
better have listened to my mom.
opportunities.
Adam ––Yes, So should
for sure.I. But the moment
At that thing is, it’s
I wasnever late to getbut
so frustrated qualified. I know we
then it opened mycaneyesdofor
better.
the Our friends
necessitymust have done
of learning Englishhardandin other
life because
languages.most of them are settle in some companies.
Carlos –– That’s
You’reso right
cool.about
Andthat
where Adam.are Let’s start looking up for courses to get us qualified.
you studying?
Adam ––I’m Carlos, I have
studying some money
at Aliança América.in my savings
I got so usedaccount and I know
to studying you also
there.They have have some. Let’s spend
a very
interestingthis moneyYou
method. the should
best way possible.
study there, as well.
Carlos –– Yes,
I know one thing
I should. we can
Actually, I’mdonot
right
usedAway. Let’s learn
to learning newEnglish at Aliança
things but América.
I must give it a try.
Adam ––Absolutely!
Atta boy!! I’ve heard it’sout
Companies thethere
best are
language
seekingschool ever! people.
for qualified
Conversation 2
Rose – Hello– Hi Beth,

Beth,what happened
did you to the in
start working cargo? It shouldI have
the company beenyou?
indicated here already.
Beth – Not – There
yet. I’m
wasstill thinking
some about because
complications on thethey need
loading someone
process butto work forbelong
it should herehours
by the end of the
sometimes week.
and I’mThat’s
not the
usedforecast
to it. given.
Rose – I–understand
What a shame! I would
that but, you have picked
get used it up myself if I knew it would be that late.
to it.
Beth – I–know.I understand
I used to that Rose,
work longthere
hours is when
nothing we living
I was can doinbesides
Canadawaiting.
but afterI should
I came have
back ordered
I the
goods But
got little rusted. in another
I need to company.
get used to it again.
Rose – Yeah,– Startyoulooking for some
will. I’m used toother
doingsuppliers.
that Every Weweek
can’t because
just rely in one supplier
I need to do some only. There should be
overtime
to pay some at least
bills.3 of them.
– I’ll ensure
Beth – You’re tough. ourLetteam provides
me know some
if you needother
any names
financialtohelp.
haveIall necessities
used to have somecovered.
hardOne thing
time paying that must
bills buthave
now happened
I can help is the bad weather. Something we should take in consideration.
others.
Rose – I–appreciate
Right, but don’t
it but Iforget we have
got used hadused
to it. I’m sometodelays lately.
living and doing everything myself.
These past modal verbs are all used hypothetically, to talk about things that didn't really happen in the past.
1- Could have + past participle means that something was possible in the past, or you had the ability to do
something in the past, but that you didn't do it.
- I could have gone away, but I didn’t have money.
2- Should have + past participle can mean something that would have been a good idea, but that you didn't do it.
- I should have studied more for my test, but I didn’t. I was tired.
3- Would have + past participle
We can use would have + past participle to talk about something you wanted to do but didn't. This is very similar to
the third conditional, but we don't need an 'if clause’.
- I would have bought that car, it was very beautiful.
Answer the question below:
What would you have done differently in the past to have a different life now?
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________________________
129
PRACTICE
1- Debería haber hablado con el gerente antes de venir aquí.

_____________________________________________________________________________
2- ¿Podrías haberte ido de viaje con tus padres?
_____________________________________________________________________________
3- Ella lo habría hecho mejor que la becaria.
_____________________________________________________________________________
4- ¿Qué podrías haber hecho para prevenir el accidente?
_____________________________________________________________________________
5- Habría vendido la empresa a extranjeros.
_____________________________________________________________________________
6- Deberían haber pedido permiso para entrar al edificio.
_____________________________________________________________________________
7- Esto podría haberse hecho hace mucho tiempo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
8- Los accionistas deberían haber prestado más atención al mercado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
9- No deberías haberle gritado.
_____________________________________________________________________________
10- No podría haberlo hecho
_____________________________________________________________________________
11- ¿Habría viajado a Berlín con el equipo para jugar el partido ?
_____________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Qué podrías haber hecho?
_____________________________________________________________________________
13- Mi familia debería haberme escuchado cuando dije que vendería el auto.
_____________________________________________________________________________
14- ¿Qué podría haber hecho yo para ayudar al vecino?
_____________________________________________________________________________
15- Deberías haber ido en autobús en lugar de avión.
_____________________________________________________________________________
16- La empresa debería haber entregado estos paquetes a tiempo.
_____________________________________________________________________________
17- Podría haber invitado a mis amigos para mi cumpleaños, pero no lo hice.
_____________________________________________________________________________
130
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences with the appropriate perfect modal.
1- I _____________________________ (buy) bread but I didn’t know we needed it. (past possibility)
2- We ___________________________ (invite) so many people to our party. (past negative advice / regret)
3- I _____________________________ (start) saving money years ago! (past advice / regret)
4- We ___________________________ (join) you at the restaurant, but we couldn’t get a babysitter. (past willingness)
5- The weather ____________________________ (be) any worse! (past negative possibility)
6- I ______________________________ (arrive) on time, even if I’d left earlier. (past negative possibility)
7- They __________________________ (win) the football match, but John hurt his ankle. (past possibility)
8- Amanda ________________________ (finish) the work, but she felt ill and had to go home. (past willingness)
9- Lucy ___________________________ (left) earlier. She missed her flight. (past advice / regret)
10- We ___________________________ (finish) the game, even if we’d wanted to. (past negative possibility)
11- I ______________________________(eat) so much chocolate! I feel sick! (past negative advice / regret)
12- Luke ___________________________(pass) the exam if he’d studied a bit more. (past possibility)
13- John ___________________________ (call) Amy, but he didn’t have her number. (past willingness)
14- You ____________________________(be) rude to him. He’s going to be really angry now. (past negative advice / regret)
15- She ____________________________ (come) to the restaurant if she’d left work earlier. (past possibility)
16- You ____________________________ (take) this job. I can see you’re not enjoying it. (past negative advice / regret)
17- The race was difficult. She ______________________________ (win) because she’s not fit enough. (past negative
possibility)
18- Our neighbours _______________________________(cut) down the tree in their garden. (past negative advice / regret)
19- The children _________________________________ (do) their homework last night. (past advice / regret)
20- I’m really cold! I _______________________________ (bring) my coat. (past advice / regret)
21- I ________________________________ (come) to see you! I didn’t know you were ill. (past willingness)
22- Andrew ___________________________ (go) to Cambridge University, but he decided to travel instead. (past possibility)
23- They _____________________________ (be) kinder to me. They were absolutely lovely. (past negative possibility)
24- You ______________________________ (buy) some milk at the shops. We don’t have any milk. (past advice / regret)
25- They ______________________________ (come) to have breakfast with us, but they went to bed too late the night
before. (past willingness)
131
LESSON 39
IF CLAUSE – THIRD CONDITIONAL
The third conditional is formed by an “if clause” and a “main clause”. The if clause is compounded by verbs in the past
perfect, while the main clause is formed by several verbs, but we most use: Would have / could have / might have
El tercer condicional está formado por la "cláusula if" y la "cláusula principal". La cláusula if está formada por verbos en
pasado perfecto, mientras que la cláusula principal incluye varios verbos, siendo los más utilizados: would have, could
have e might have.
if + past perfect + would have, could have, might have + past participle
If clause = Cláusula condicional

Main clause = Cláusula principal
If I had seen you there, I would have talked to you. Si te hubiera visto allí, te habría hablado.
If he had studied harder, he would have passed the exam. Si hubiera estudiado más, habría aprobado el examen.
If my alarm had gone off earlier, I would have gone with them. Si mi alarma hubiera sonado antes, me habría ido con ellos.
If there had been so much food. we would have eaten a lot. Si hubiera habido tanta comida. hubiéramos comido mucho.
If you had told me about the meeting, I would have come. Si me hubieras contado sobre la reunión, habría venido.
I would have taken the documents to the meeting if you’d told Habría llevado los documentos a la reunión si me lo hubieras
me about it. dicho.
He’d have got the job if he had worked for any international Habría conseguido el puesto si hubiera trabajado para alguna
brands. marca internacional.
If I had been you, I might have taken school more seriously. Si yo hubiera sido tú, podría haberme tomado la escuela más
They would have moved to New York if they had gotten the en serio.
job.. Se habrían mudado a Nueva York si hubieran conseguido el
The company would have survived if there had been more trabajo ...
resources. La empresa habría sobrevivido si hubiera habido más recursos.
If you had invited me out, I’d have stayed in all day. Si me hubieras invitado a salir, me habría quedado todo el día.
She would have given some explanations if you had asked Ella habría dado algunas explicaciones si le hubieras
her.. preguntado ...
If they had won that match, the club would have given you a Si hubieran ganado ese partido, el club te habría dado un
prize. premio.
They could have stayed here if they had paid the expenses. Podrían haberse quedado aquí si hubieran pagado los gastos.
Negative Negativo
I wouldn’t have told you If I had known the truth. No te lo habría dicho si hubiera sabido la verdad.
If she hadn’t came, I could have called her parents. Si ella no hubiera venido, podría haber llamado a sus padres.
It might not have happened if you had taken care of it. Puede que no hubiera sucedido si se hubiera ocupado de ello.
They shouldn’t have driven so fast if they had known. No deberían haber conducido tan rápido si lo hubieran sabido.
He wouldn’t have been lost if he had brought the map. No se habría perdido si hubiera traído el mapa.
If we hadn’t had the opportunity, we couldn’t have met her. Si no hubiéramos tenido la oportunidad, no podríamos haberla
If they hadn’t gone abroad, they wouldn’t have that job. conocido.
Si no se hubieran ido al extranjero, no tendrían ese trabajo
emprego.
Interrogative
Interrogativo
Would you have come to the party if you had ¿Habrías venido a la fiesta si lo hubieras sabido?
known about it? ¿Qué habrías hecho si hubieras llegado antes?
What might you have done if you’d arrived sooner? ¿A dónde podrías haber ido si no hubieras venido aquí?
Where could you have gone if you hadn’t come here? ¿Qué habrías hecho si hubieras sido yo?
What would you have done if you had been me? ¿A dónde habrías ido?
Where would you have gone? Si hubiera llovido, ¿habrías tenido el picnic?
If it had rained, would you have had the picnic? ¿Habrías comprado los mismos zapatos?
Would you have bought the same shoes?
132
Conversation 1
Carlos –– Adam,Adam,Are howyoudid used
you meet Susan?a You
to studying haven’t
foreign told me yet.
language?
Adam ––Yes, Well, I was
I am, at school
Adam. I used onetoday
workandforIan
received a phone
international call from
company mythey
and brother
firedsaying
me dad was in
because Ithedidn’t speak English.
emergency room. So So,I now I’m of
ran out used
the to studying
class toward more than onelotlanguage.
the parking and I noticed I had forgotten
– What a my
pitywallet.
you gotThenfired.I went
But now backyou
to get it and
might haveI saw this
better beautiful sunshine girl staring at me. To make
opportunities.
– Yes, forasure.
long At
story
thatshort
moment – If I Ihadn’t
was soforgotten
frustratedmybutwallet
theninit the classroom,
opened my eyes I wouldn’t have met Susan. Or
for the necessity
if IEnglish
of learning might say and–other
I wouldn’t have met her If dad hadn’t been taken to the E.R.
languages.
Carlos –– That’s
Wow, thisso cool. And where
is a story are for
to be told youthe
studying?
rest of your life.
Adam ––I’m studying
Yeah, I wouldat Aliança
say so. How América.
aboutI got
you?sowhen
used areto studying
you going there.They have a very
to meet someone?
Carlos –interesting
Well, if I hadn’t
method. lostYou
theshould
opportunity
studytothere,
meetas mywell.
wife-to-be back on our graduation party, I could
have married
– Yes, I should. Actually, already.
I’m notBut usedto to
belearning
honest with
newyou,
thingsI’mbutnotI must
in a rush.
give it a try.
Adam ––Absolutely!
Carlos, I’ll introduce
Companies youout
to there
my sister-in-law.
are seekingShe’s a nice girl
for qualified you’ll like her.
people.
Conversation 2
Geane ––Hello Sandra,

Hi Sandra, whatdidwent
you start
wrong working
at the in the company
meeting? I indicated
It seemed nothingyou?
was working.
Sandra ––My Notsincere
yet. I’mapologies
still thinking
Missabout because they
Geane.There wereneed someone
some technicaltoissues
work for long hours
I coudn’t figure out how
sometimes to and
fix. II’m not used
promise to it.happen again.
It won’t
Geane ––I Well, if you had
understand thatlistened
but, youtoget meused
earlier it wouldn’t have happened. The computer didn’t turn on,
to it.
Sandra the – I know.
outletsI were
used wet and long
to work the cables
hours weren’t
when I waslongliving
enough.
in Canada but after I came back
I got little –
rusted.
Yes, IBut I need
noticed all to
ofget used
that. If thetocompany
it again. I called had accepted our offer it would have definitely
Geane –aYeah, betteryou will. I’m used to doing that Every week because I need to do some
service
overtime to – Ok,
paythere’s still another opportunity to present the deal. We wouldn’t have the chance if I
some bills.
Sandra hadn’t – You’re mettough. Let me know
the president of theifcompany
you needfew anyyears
financial
ago.help. I used
I’ll call him to
to have
ensuresome hardsettle
he can
time paying bills but
another now I can
meeting so we help
canothers.
have the presentation.
Geane ––I Ok, appreciate
and I will it but
ensureI gotthis
usedtimeto there
it. I’m won’t
used beto living and doing everything myself.
any surprises.
Read this paragraph about The sinking of the RMS Titanic and answer the question:
On the night of Sunday, 14 April 1912 the temperature was near freezing and the ocean was completely calm.
Surviving 2nd Officer Charles Lightoller later wrote, "the sea was like glass". The ship’s course had been changed by
the captain, but other than this, he saw no reason to slow down. The owner of the ship, Bruce Ismay, was also on
board and had instructed the captain to speed up in order to break the record for a transatlantic voyage. The captain
agreed, but perhaps if he had known of the messages the ship had received in the radio room, he would have acted
differently. According to a ship ahead called the Mesaba, lots of large icebergs were in the area. These messages
did not reach him.
adapted from www.wikipedia.org
Answer the question below according to your opinion using the third condition:
If the ship RMS Titanic hadn’t hit the iceberg, how would it have been throughout these years?
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
______________________________________________________________________________
133
PRACTICE
1- Habría viajado durante mis vacaciones si hubiera ahorrado dinero.

___________________________________________________________________________
2- Si hubieran llegado antes, no habrían perdido el tren.
___________________________________________________________________________
3- Si me hubieras llamado, hubiera venido aquí para ayudarte.
___________________________________________________________________________
4- Si hubiéramos ahorrado dinero, habríamos comprado un auto nuevo.
___________________________________________________________________________
5-Si el tiempo hubiera sido mejor esta semana, hubiéramos ido a la playa.
___________________________________________________________________________
6- Si hubiéramos visto a Mary en la fiesta, habríamos hablado con ella.
___________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Habrías terminado la prueba si hubieras tenido más tiempo?
___________________________________________________________________________
8- ¿Habrías hecho algo diferente en tu vida si tuvieras la oportunidad?
___________________________________________________________________________
9- No habrían perdido su vuelo si hubieran prestado atención a las advertencias.
___________________________________________________________________________
10- No habría estado tan exhausta si se hubiera ido a la cama antes
___________________________________________________________________________
11- Habría llegado a tiempo para la reunión si se hubiera ido de casa a las ocho.
___________________________________________________________________________
12- Si mi madre me hubiera visto por la calle, me habría dado un castigo.
___________________________________________________________________________
13-Si hubiera sabido la respuesta, habría levantado la mano.
___________________________________________________________________________
14- Si hubiera dicho moderado, podrías haber hecho algo para ayudarme
___________________________________________________________________________
15- Si hubiera estado en Hollywood, podría haber conocido a una estrella de cine
___________________________________________________________________________
16- Ella habría tenido un ataque si me hubiera visto.
___________________________________________________________________________
17- Ella habría tenido un ataque si me hubiera visto.
___________________________________________________________________________
18- ¿Qué hubiera hecho si se hubiera ganado la lotería?
___________________________________________________________________________
134
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences with the appropriate third conditional .
1- If I ______________ more, I ________________ the exam. (study, pass)
2- Mark ________________ me if he __________________ my cell number. (call, not lose)
3- We ___________________ a cab if the public transport workers _________________ on strike. (not take, not be)
4- Mom __________________ us to the beach if it _____________________. (take, not rain)
5- If I _______________________ you were coming, I ____________________ you at the airport. (know, meet)
6- I ____________________ them a gift if they ____________________ me to their wedding. (buy, invite)
7- If we ____________________ a map with us, we ____________________ the village in time. (take, reach)
8- If Bob _____________________up earlier, she ___________________ the train. (get, reach)
9- If I ____________________ shopping, what _______________________? (not go, you eat)
10- If you ____________________ the fine, you ____________________ to prison. (pay, be sent)
11- She ________________________ me if she ___________________ I was busy. (not visit, know)
12- We ____________________ to spain if there ________________ the right flight. (fly, be)
13- My dad _____________________ mom if she _________________ a poor lady. (not marry, be)
14- If the wall ____________________ properly it ____________________ down. (be built, not break)
15- if I _____________________ more careful, I ____________________ so many mistakes. (be, not make)
16- I ______________________ there in time if the weather __________________ better (arrive, be)
17- If I ______________________ more time, I ______________________ my homework. (have, do)
18- If Patty ____________________ well, my aunt ____________________ her to the zoo. (behave, take)
19- If I ____________________ to the stereo, I ____________________ the doorbell. (not listen, hear)
20- If he ________________ with us to the cinema, __________________ himself. (come, enjoy)
C- Complete the sentences below:
1- If I had known you, ____________________________________________________________________________
2- They would have gone away if____________________________________________________________________
3- The company could have hired more workers if ______________________________________________________
4- If we had found it out before, _____________________________________________________________________
5- If I had won the lottery, __________________________________________________________________________
135
LESSON 40
QUARTER TEST VIII
A- Translate the sentences below accordin to the last 4 lessons studied.
1-Dijo que su maestra había gastado mucha tarea este fin de semana.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
2-Dijiste que la máquina funcionaba perfectamente, pero no es así.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
3- Dijeron que les habían robado el coche la noche anterior.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
4- El gerente dijo que Mark ha faltado al trabajo últimamente.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
5- El artículo del periódico fue escrito por un periodista no profesional.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
6- Los trabajadores han sido perjudicados directamente por la pandemia.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
7- ¿Se han construido estos edificios bajo la supervisión de un ingeniero?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
8- El informe estará listo y entregado mañana.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
9- Te hubiera invitado a la fiesta, pero me quedé atrapado en el trabajo.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
10- Siento haber venido así, debería haberte advertido.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
11- Los niños no se fueron, pero podrían haberse ido con el vecino.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
12- Creo que los bandidos pudieron haber huido a pie.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
13- ¿Pudo haber ido sola al supermercado a comprar?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
14- Si me hubieras advertido antes, no habría permitido que John se fuera.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
15-Podrían haber evitado el accidente si hubieran estado conduciendo despacio.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
16- ¿Qué hubiera pasado si lo hubiéramos dejado ir solo?
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
17- Habría comprado esta casa si me hubieran enviado una oferta mejor.
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
136
LESSON 41
PAST PERFECT TENSE
The past perfect is a verb tense which is used to show that an action took place once or many times before another point in
the past.
(El pasado perfecto es un tiempo verbal que se usa para mostrar que una acción ocurrió una o varias veces antes de otro
punto en el pasado.)
The past perfect is formed using had + past participle.
Practicing - Praticando
I had never seen such a beautiful beach before I went to Miami.
(Nunca había visto una playa tan hermosa antes de ir a Miami.)

I had some money because I had got some from my dad.
(Tenía algo de dinero porque lo obtuve de mi padre.)

Tony knew Istanbul so well because he had visited the city several times.
(Tony conocía tan bien Estambul porque ya había visitado la ciudad varias veces.)
She only understood the movie because she had read the book.
(Ella solo entendió la película porque había leído el libro.)

Peterson had never been to a rock concert before last night.
(Peterson nunca había estado en un concierto de rock antes de la noche anterior.)

We were able to get a hotel room because we had booked in advance.
(Conseguimos una habitación de hotel porque habíamos reservado con antelación.)

I had been to the U.S. once before.
(Ya había estado en Estados Unidos una vez.)

We had had that car for ten years before it broke down.
(Teníamos ese coche durante diez años antes de que se averiase.)

By the time Alex finished his studies, he had been in London for over eight years.
(Cuando Alex terminó sus estudios, ya llevaba más de ocho años en Londres.)
They felt bad about selling the house because they had owned it for more than forty years.
(Se sintieron mal por vender la casa porque la habían tenido durane más de cuarenta años.)
She had visited her Japanese relatives once in 1993 before she moved in with them in 1996.
(Visitó a sus parientes japoneses una vez en 1993 antes de mudarse con ellos en 1996.)
You had previously studied English before you moved to New York.
(Ya habías estudiado inglés antes de mudarte a Nueva York.)

George had repaired many cars before he received his mechanic's license.
(George arregló muchos autos antes de recibir su licencia de mecánico..)

The music had already started when the curtains opened.
(La música ya había comenzado cuando se abrieron las cortinas.)

When she had read all the greetings cards, she made a short thank-you speech.
(Después de leer todas las tarjetas de felicitación, dio un breve discurso de agradecimiento..)
In this tense it is common for sentences to be formed by some adverbs.
when - Cuando ever - Alguna vez
just - Sólo never - Nunca
already - Ya before - Antes
by the time - Para el momento. after - Después
137
Negative Negativo
I hadn’t done the dishes when my parents arrived. No había fregado los platos cuando llegaron mis padres.
They hadn’t bought the tickets by the time the bus parked. No habían comprado los billetes cuando aparcó el autobús.
We hadn’t won the game when the referee stopped us. No habíamos ganado el partido cuando el árbitro nos detuvo.
The company hadn’t received the money before shipping. La empresa no había recibido el dinero antes del envío.
He hadn’t paid attention to the teacher. No le había prestado atención al maestro.
She hadn’t called him before he left. Ella no lo había llamado antes de que se fuera.
It hadn’t turned on for a long time before that. No se había encendido durante mucho tiempo antes de eso.
They hadn’t driven what they were supposed to. No habían conducido lo que se suponía que debían.
Had they done the cleaning by the time the guests got in? ¿Habían hecho la limpieza cuando llegaron los invitados?
Had he sought over all the clues? ¿Había buscado todas las pistas?
Had we already found the right person? ¿Ya habíamos encontrado a la persona adecuada?
Had she received the flowers when he got home? ¿Había recibido las flores cuando llegó a casa?
Had the children been busy before dinner? ¿Habían estado ocupados los niños antes de la cena?
Had lunch been made before the employees arrived? ¿Se había preparado el almuerzo antes de que llegaran los
Had the company alredy closed before the trial? empleados?
Had the teacher asked the question before? ¿La empresa ya había cerrado antes del juicio?
Had you been to any country in Europe before? ¿El maestro había hecho la pregunta antes?
¿Habías estado antes en algún país de Europa?
Conversation 1
Josh – Mark, Are
whatyou
were
usedyoutodoing at the
studying café last
a foreign night?
language?
I wasI having
Mark – Yes, a snack
am, Mark. I usedwith my brother
to work for an and we were company
international talking about
and athey
friend of me
fired mine who I hadn’t
because
spoken to in a long time. I think he changed his phone number and hadn’t given me the number.
Anyway, he texted me out of the blue because he had run into a common friend of ours and they
were talking about me.
Josh – That’s awesome, Mark. I also have a friend who I haven’t heard from him in a long time and
hadn’t had seen since high school.
Mark – Yes, sometimes it’s hard to keep in touch with old friends. And since we moved, it’s even
harder to know where they are.
Josh – Good thing we can use technology to find old friends and classmates.
Mark – For sure it’s something I need to get used to!
Conversation 2
Rose – Anne,Hello Anne, did you

have you everstart working
thought in the company
of someone and then I indicated
you meetyou?this person somewhere?
Anne ––Oh Notyes,
yet.Rose.
I’m still
Few thinking
days about because
ago I went they
to the postneed someone
office to send to work
a gift tofor long hours
a niece we had gotten in
sometimes and
touch I’m notand
recently used to it.
something happened. I was waiting in line and the phone rang, it was my
got littlehusband
rusted. But I need
saying ourtoniece
get used to itarrived.
had just again. So, I was thinking about her and I was ready to post
her a gift and she appeared out of the blue.
Yeah, you
Rose – That’s will. I’m
hilarious. used
I bet youtoran
doing
out that
of theEvery
postweek
officebecause I need
right Away, to do some overtime
right?
Anne ––Wrong,You’re Itough.
wanted Lettome do know if you
that but I hadneed
paidany
forfinancial
box as soonhelp.as
I used to have
I arrived theresome
so, I hard
had to find a
time paying bills
way to getbut
mynow I canback.
money help others.
Rose – Yeah, that’s something I try not to do. I rather spend some time with the clerk packing
whatever I have to and then pay the fees.
Anne – Next time I’ll follow your advice.
138
PRACTICE
A- Complete the sentences with Simple Past or Past Perfect:
1- I _______________ (worry) a lot about her before I _______________. (hear) that she was safe.
2- I didn’t like the car. It _______________ (be) much smaller than I _______________ (think) at first.
3- He told us he _______________ (travel) to many Asian countries.
4- They _______________. (eat) dessert after they _______________ (have) dinner.
5- She _______________ just _______________ (arrive) before we _______________ (call) her parents.
6- The Principal wanted to know why he _______________ (bring) a toy to school.
7- After he _______________ (work) at the company for ten years he _______________ (decide) to quit his job.
8- When I _______________ (arrive) at the party John _______________ already _______________ (go) home.
9- We _______________ (wait) until the match _______________. (finish).
10- They _______________ (leave) the room before the meeting _______________ (finish).
11- I _______________ (buy) a new camera before I _______________ (go) to Boston.
12- I _______________ just _______________ (turn off) the lights when the phone _______________ (ring).
13- _______________ he _______________ (know) her for a long time before they _______________ (get) married?
14- He _______________ (drive) down the hotel where they _______________ (spend) their honeymoon years ago.
15- When we _______________ (get) to the station the train _______________ (already / leave).
16- He _______________ (sit) at a table by the window where he ________________ (have) a meal with Jane.
17- Why _______________ he _______________ (not / ask) his mom before she _______________. (leave) to work?
18- He was wondering why he _______________ (let) her leave the office so early.
19- He knew he _______________ (earn) that money with a great difficulty.
20- After they _______________ (go), he _______________ (sit) down and _______________ (light) a cigarette.
21- He _______________. (have to) go to work by bus because his car _______________ (break) down.
22- He _______________ (angry) before he _______________ (hear) my offer.
The class had already started (First thing happened)

by the time I arrived (Second thing happened)
You notice that in this sentence the perfect past tense happens before another event.
We can consider the perfect past as the past event of another one.
139
PRACTICE
B- Complete the sentences below with the appropriate preposition.
1- I had been there _____ 3 years ___ I Ieft.
2- I had seen it all ___ the time my replacement arrived.
3- Had you ____ seen one of those?
4- I had never done that ________.
5- We had been robbed seven times ___ three weeks.
6- I had been there ______ 1987.
7- I had never heard of it _____ my brother mentioned it in a letter.
8- ______ we landed, I had been waiting for several hours.
9- ______ the previous flight, I had fallen asleep.
10- She was tired. She had been writing ____ morning.
11- She dried the dishes. She had washed them ____ the morning.
12- I was sure I had seen him the day ______.
13- My father had spoken to him the ________ week.
14- He had been stealing from his employers _____ years.
15- She had arrived in Paris ____ morning.
16- We had had the same idea ____ the same time.
17- We told each other what we had been doing ____ the past seven years.
18- _______ he had tried on six pairs of shoes he decided he liked the first ones best.
CURIOSITY
"James while John had had had had had had had had had had had a better effect on the teacher" es una frase en el
idioma inglés que se usa como ejemplo para enfatizar la importancia de la puntuación y para demostrar ambigüedades
léxicas. Aunque es gramaticalmente correcto, la ausencia de punto y coma, punto y coma y comillas hace que el significado
de esta construcción sea ambiguo.
La frase ubica a tres personajes: dos alumnos y un profesor. James y John tuvieron una prueba de inglés que pedía describir
a un hombre que sufrió un resfriado en el pasado. John escribe "El hombre tenía un resfriado", que el profesor marca como
incorrecto, mientras que James escribe correctamente "El hombre tenía un resfriado". Juan usa el término "tenía" en la
oración, mientras que Santiago usa "había tenido", que sería un término más apropiado para la frase en cuestión. El logro de
James genera un mayor reconocimiento por parte del maestro.
Si está escrito con la puntuación correcta y de acuerdo con su significado original, la oración es:
Santiago, mientras que Juan había "tenido", había tenido "había tenido"; "había tenido" había tenido un mejor efecto en el
maestro. Y traducido al portugués, queda:
“Santiago, mientras que Juan había usado 'tenía', había usado 'había tenido'; "había tenido" había causado una mejor
impresión en el profesor ". 140
LESSON 42
PAST PERFECT TENSE II
A WISH HAD COME TRUE

One night about a year ago, I went out with some friends. I didn't really want to go out because I had been sick for a
couple of weeks and I was still weak. Anyway, I met this great girl, and we started talking. We had a great time and
talked all night. So, we decided to meet the next day, and to make a long story short, we started having some business
together. We had worked for about four months when she decided to make me a partnership offer. I was looking for
something that I could make better money and that was the opportunity. As I hadn’t found any other opportunity I decided
to give it I try and that was the best thing that ever had happened to me.
Few months later our business achieved more than we had expected and other companies started to keep an eye on us.
They visited our facilities and said they had followed our progress and wanted to be part of it. So, that was once the start
of a dream which we all had had for a while.
Have you ever had a wish which come true? Share it with your teacher then write something about it!
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________________________
Past perfect continuous
We use the past perfect continuous to talk about actions or events which started before a particular time in the past and
were still in progress up to that time in the past.
When mom and dad arrived from work, we had been studying since afternoon.
(Cuando mamá y papá llegaron del trabajo, habíamos estado estudiando desde la tarde.)
They had been working for 9 hours when their boss finally Llevaban 9 horas trabajando cuando finalmente llegó
arrived with the food. su jefe con la comida.
I had been saving my money to buy this house and now I Había estado ahorrando dinero para comprar esta
can do it. casa y ahora puedo hacerlo.
You had been waiting there for more than two hours when Llevaba más de dos horas esperando allí cuando
he finally arrived. finalmente llegó.
She had been traveling a lot last month. She had the Ella había estado viajando mucho el mes pasado.
chance to meet new people and places. Tuvo la oportunidad de conocer gente y lugares
nuevos.
Negative Negativa
They hadn’t been working for 9 hours when their boss No habían trabajado durante 9 horas cuando su jefe
finally arrived with the food. finalmente llegó con la comida.
I hadn’t been saving my money to buy this house and now No había estado ahorrando dinero para comprar esta casa y
I can’t do it. ahora no puedo hacerlo.
You hadn’t been waiting there for more than two hours No habías estado esperando allí por más de dos horas
when he finally arrived. cuando finalmente llegó.
She hadn’t been traveling a lot last month. She didn’t No había viajado mucho el mes pasado. No tuvo la
have the chance to meet new people and places. oportunidad de conocer gente y lugares nuevos.
141
Had they been doing the cleaning the room? ¿Habían estado limpiando la habitación?
Had he been seeking over all the clues? ¿Había estado buscando todas las pistas?
Had we been dealing with the right person? ¿Habíamos estado tratando con la persona adecuada?
Had she been receiving the flowers? ¿Había estado recibiendo las flores?
Had the children been playing before dinner? ¿Habían estado jugando los niños antes de la cena?
Had the baby been crying before a lot? ¿El bebé había estado llorando mucho antes?
Had the company been selling the products? ¿La empresa había estado vendiendo los productos?
Had the teacher been asking for the homework? ¿El maestro había estado pidiendo la tarea?
Had you been going to any country in Europe? ¿Habías ido a algún país de Europa?
Hi, have you ever had one of those days when everything seemed to go wrong? I'm sure you have, I know I have. I
remember one particular day, I'd been invited to very important meeting about some new products they had talked for a
month now., so I was quite excited about going to this meeting, and I maybe spent too long getting ready and I was a bit
nervous when I was leaving the house, but confident, though. But then I looked in my briefcase and I noticed most paperwork
I had done wan’t there! So I had to go back inside, look for the papers, come out again, so I was getting a little bit late for the
meeting, but not that late. I got in my car, started driving, about half way to the company my car stopped. I couldn't
understand what was the matter until I looked at the petrol gauge: it had run out of petrol! Why? Because I'd lent my car to my
son the day before and he'd used the gas and he hadn't filled the car up! So I thought I’d call a cab. I looked in my briefcase
again to find my mobile phone, but I couldn't find it. Why? Because I'd left it on the table in the dining room. So even though it
was pouring with rain, I had to get out of my car, in my meeting clothes, walk to the gas station and come back with gas. By
which time I was nearly 2 hours late. So, I was so flustered about being late, I started to drive and I just took a wrong turn and
I ended up on this one-way road, totally lost, driving round and round for at least 45 minutes before I managed to get my
leading. So finally, I arrived at the meeting over 2 hours late and when I arrived the manager I wanted to meet had just left, all
the employees had gone, and my boss was horribly mad. I was so disappointed that I just turned around and left and went
back home. Have you ever had a terrible day like that, when everything went wrong? If you have, write and tell us about it.
Write down your experience:
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
__________________________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________
142
PRACTICE
A- Complete the story about a strange coincidence. Use either the simple past or the past perfect. Sometimes both are
possible.
A few weeks ago, my friend Jean moved into a new house across town. I was really happy
when she ______________ (ask) me to come over last week because I ______________
(not have) the chance to see the place yet. It took me a while to get there because
I ______________ (not go) to her new neighborhood very often and I ______________ (get)
a little lost. But luckily, Jean ______________ (send) me careful directions.
Anyway, when I finally ______________ (arrive) at the house, it ______________ (look) so familiar.
I was sure I ______________ (be) there before. Then I realized that I had! I ______________ (date)
someone who ______________ (live) there. I ______________ (be) in the house several times
before. It was weird. I ______________ (not think) of that guy in twenty years! When I_________ (tell)
Jean about it, she ______________ (not believe) me at first. What a coincidence!
B- Complete the sentences with the Past Simple or Past Perfect of the verbs in brackets.
1.- My aunt flew to Paris last year. She __________ (never / go) on a plane before that.
2.- We didn’t need to wait because my wife __________ (already / buy) the tickets
3.- The thieves had already spent the money when the police _________ (catch) them.
4.- Helen ________ (split up) with John before she met Paul.
5.- We ________ (know) her address because she _______ (tell) us.
6.- The children _________ (not eat) for days so they ___________ (be) extremely hungry.
7.- Everyone ___________ (hug) each other after they __________ (finish) their exams.
8.- She didn’t want to go to the cinema because she ___________ (already / see) the film.
9.- I ________ (just / buy) a dress when a thief _______ (steal) my bag.
10.- My niece _________ (go) to London three times by the time she _________ (be) sixteen.
11.- My students ________ (raise) some money after they ________ (see) a documentary on TV about Africa.
12.- It was half past three and we still _________ (not / eat) lunch.
13.- Our teacher ________ (give) us extra homework because we ___________ (not finish) our essays.
14.- My father _________ (lose) his glasses and he couldn’t read the newspaper.
15.- The car stopped because we __________ (run) out of gas.
16.- He __________ (feel) very ill because he __________ (not sleep) well.
143
PRACTICE
1- Mary me dio la dirección de Tony antes de irse

___________________________________________________________________________________________
2- Cuando los chicos llegaron al cine, la película ya había empezado.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
3- Antes de llegar a la estación, vimos que nos habíamos perdido.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
4- Todas las entradas se agotaron antes del inicio del espectáculo.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
5- Se ducharon después de terminar el juego.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
6- Le pregunté al Sr.Green cuántos libros había leído.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
7- Mamá me preguntó por qué no limpiaba mi habitación.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
8-Bob se arrepintió de haberme contado la historia.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
9- Alan vio la televisión después del almuerzo.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
10- El sol brillaba ayer después de hacer frío durante varias semanas.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
11- El tío David fue al médico después de estar enfermo durante un mes.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
12- Antes de que la policía atrapara al ladrón, robó dos relojes más.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
13- Madre pintó una vez un cuadro, aunque nunca lo aprendió.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
14- No le dije a mi maestra que mi mamá me había ayudado con mi tarea.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
15- Me enojé mucho cuando vi que mi hermano se había comido mi manzana.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
16- La bicicleta era mucho más cara de lo que pensaba.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
17- Papá me llevó a casa después de que me caí al agua.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
18- Marion me preguntó qué me había pasado la semana pasada.
___________________________________________________________________________________________
144
LESSON 43
PHRASAL VERBS – PART I
Phrasal verb Frase verbal Phrasal verb Verbo frasal

Get along Llevarse bien Give up Darse por vencido
Give away Donar Hold up Sostener
Step down Reducir Go off Seguir
Make up Inventar Make out Dar a entender
Ring back Volver a llamar Sort out Clasificar
Find out Descubrir Look out Estar atento
Cut off Cortar Look at Mirar
Carry out Realizar Look after Cuidar
Take over Tomar el control Get out Salir
Fall over Caerse Get in Entrar
Puedo llamarte de nuevo en media hora.
I can ring you back in half an hour. El policía decidió dimitir después de 10 años.
The cop decided to step down after 10 years. Escuchamos que estalló la bomba en la gasolinera.
We heard the bomb went off at the gas station. Las grandes empresas a veces se hacen cargo de las más
Large companies sometimes take over smaller ones. pequeñas.
My brother and I get along very well most of the time. Mi hermano y yo nos llevamos muy bien la mayor parte del
I gave up playing football a long time ago. tiempo.
Relax, we’ll try to sort out the problems. Dejé de jugar al fútbol hace mucho tiempo.
That story sounds weird. You have surely made it up. Relájate, intentaremos solucionar los problemas.
We finally found out where they live. Esa historia suena extraña. Seguramente te lo has inventado.
I gave away all my books to the library. Finalmente descubrimos dónde viven.
I can make out the signs this far away. Entregué todos mis libros a la biblioteca.
The pavement is very icy, you might fall over. Puedo distinguir las señales tan lejos.
We know who carried out the robberies. El pavimento está muy helado, podría caerse.
The traffic on the road was held up by construction work. Sabemos quién llevó a cabo los robos.
The energy company cut off our electricity. El tráfico en la carretera se vio interrumpido por trabajos de
Look out when you go out at night. construcción.
La compañía de energía cortó nuestra electricidad.
Cuidado cuando sales de noche.
Negative Negativa
I couldn’t get in at college due the high prices. No pude ingresar a la universidad debido a los altos precios.
He didn’t get out of the room in time. No salió de la habitación a tiempo.
They didn’t look at the map then they go lost. No miraron el mapa y luego se perdieron.
The baby sitter didn’t look after the baby as we wanted. La niñera no cuidó al bebé como queríamos.
She didn’t get along with her cousins. No se llevaba bien con sus primos.
I hope the bomb doesn’t go off. It would be a disaster. Espero que la bomba no estalle. Sera un desastre.
I couldn’t ring you back because I was busy. No pude devolverte la llamada porque estaba ocupado.
We didn’t give up learning English. That’s why we’re here. No dejamos de aprender inglés. Por eso estamos aquí
Do you get along with your neighbors? ¿Te llevas bien con tus vecinos?
Will you give aways your old clothes? ¿Regalarás tu ropa vieja?
Should the president step down before the election? ¿Debería dimitir el presidente antes de las elecciones?
Did they make up the story? ¿Ellos inventaron la historia?
Are the hospitals carrying out tests we required? ¿Los hospitales están realizando las pruebas que requerimos?
Why did they give up before the game? ¿Por qué se rindieron antes del juego?
Can we get out of the house before it’s too late? ¿Podemos salir de la casa antes de que sea demasiado tarde?
Could you help us sort out the issues about the deal? ¿Podrías ayudarnos a solucionar los problemas del trato?
Did he get in without my permission? ¿Entró sin mi permiso?
145
Conversation 1
Matt – Dave, do you get along with your siblings?
– Yes,
Dave I didn’t I do.English.
speak Actually, wenow
So, don’t
I’margue
usedattoall. How about
studying more you
thanand
oneyours?
language.
Matt – No really, you know I’m the oldest and try to keep them aware of few thing but they don’t get the
idea, it’s hard sometimes.
Matt – Well, you being the oldest you must look after your siblings and find out what are their needs.
Dave – Yeah, I know. I try to sort it out and do my best.
Matt – Look at some books that help people deal with families and try to learn something from them.
Dave – You’re right, thanks for the tip. I won’t give up my siblings. It’s part of my responsabilities.
Matt – That’s it. You’ve got to take over the situation!
Conversation 2
Julie – Hi Mona, did you see what happened yesterday at the gas station around the corner?
Mona – No, I didn’t. What happened?
Julie – There was a bomb in one of the pumps and it went off during rush hour.
Mona – Oh goodness! Did anyone get hurt? I mean, or worst?
Julie – Yes, pretty bad. But fortunately, there aren’t any deaths. The police are trying to find out who
set the bomb. They are looking the the cameras to find out who did it.
Mona – What about the manager and the workers, what did they say?
Julie – The manager made up a very odd story. He’s definitely a suspicious guy.
Mona – Maybe he doesn’t get along with the owner or the workers and wanted to do such a thing.
Julie – The owner took over the whole operation while the investigation goes through.
Mona – I hope the police don’t give up until they find the person responsible for it and lock him down.
What is a phrasal verb? Let’s understand it better.
In English traditional grammar, a phrasal verb is the combination of two or three words from different grammatical categories –
a verb and a particle, such as an adverb or a preposition – to form a single semantic unit on a lexical or syntactic level.
Examples: turn down, run into, sit up. They are in everyday, constant use. These semantic units cannot be understood based
upon the meanings of the individual parts alone, but must be taken as a whole. In other words, the meaning is non-
compositional and thus unpredictable.
A phrasal verb can be separable, inseparable, transitive and instransitive. And what are the meanings of all of these? Do not
worry about that. YOU MUST KNOW THE MEANING OF A PHRASAL VERB BY ITS CONTEXT, do not try to translate it
literally.
Here are some examples of inseparable phrasal verbs:
Back out - I hope he doesn't back out of the deal. - Espero que no se eche atrás en el trato
Break down - 1. The poor woman broke down in tears. -La pobre mujer rompió en llanto.
Break up - The couple decided to break up after their argument. - La pareja decidió separarse luego de la discusión.
Catch on - The teacher repeats grammar exercises until the students catch on. - El profesor respite los ejercicios de
gramática hasta que los estudiantes están a corriente.
Come back - He came back to Brazil after two years abroad. -Regresó a Brasil después de dos años en el extranjero.
Die out - Many languages have died out in the history of mankind. - Muchos idiomas se han extinguido en la historia de la
humanidad.
Eat out - We don't have any food at home. Why don't we eat out? - No tenemos comida en casa. ¿Por qué no comemos
fuera?
Fall off - The door handle fell off. - La manija de la puerta se cayó.
146
PRACTICE
1- Podríamos llevarnos mejor con nuestros vecinos.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
2- Tenemos muchas cosas para donar después de que terminemos la mudanza.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
4-El gerente se fue después de que descubrieron un escándalo.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
5- Los niños crearon una divertida excusa para no ser castigados.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
6- Podrías devolverme la llamada después de las 3 pm. Estoy en una reunión ahora mismo.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
7- Descubrí que quienes hablan inglés con fluidez ganan hasta un 70% más de su salario.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
8- El servicio eléctrico se interrumpió tras el terremoto.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
9- Todos los servicios solicitados fueron realizados por la empresa de Fred.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
10- Desafortunadamente, el banco se hizo cargo de la empresa después de que se declaró en quiebra.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
11- Se cayeron del caballo porque estaba salvaje. No deberían haberlo montado.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
12- ¿Se rindieron tan fácilmente? Deberías intentarlo de nuevo..
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
13-Los emprendedores esperan hasta el último minuto para invertir en bolsa.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
14- Mi despertador no sonó esta mañana, por eso llegué tarde.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
15- ¿Cómo lograron notar todos estos obstáculos bajo esta lluvia?
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
16- Necesitas organizar mejor estos documentos.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
17- Esté alerta en todo momento. A veces perdemos grandes oportunidades.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
18-A veces me encuentro mirando las estrellas sin darme cuenta del paso del tiempo.
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
19- La niñera está cuidando bien a nuestros hijos
_________________________________________________________________________________________________
147
PRACTICE
B- Put the words in order to make sentences:
one hour / back / will / I / ring / you / in
_____________________________________________________________________________________
being / after / down / caught / step / he / Did?
_____________________________________________________________________________________
off / My alarm / every / goes / morning / clock.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
always / along / I / My siblings / and / along.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
You / your / up / should / give / never / dreams.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
been / out / All / problems / have / your / of / sorted.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
to / need / who / out / lives / I / find / here.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
skateboard / He / over / riding / fall / his / can.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
We know who carried out the robberies.
out / The lab / experiences / many / carries / month / every.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
off / The energy company / our / electricity / cut.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
on / out / streets / you / when / Look / walk / the.
_____________________________________________________________________________________
C- Make up sentences with the phrsal verbs given below:
Back out _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Break down __________________________________________________________________________________________
Break up ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Catch on ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Come back __________________________________________________________________________________________
Die out _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Eat out _____________________________________________________________________________________________
Fall off _____________________________________________________________________________________________
148
LESSON 44
PHRASAL VERBS – PART II
Phrasal verb Frase verbal Phrasal verb Frase verbal
Be up to Estar a la altura Get back at Vengarse de

Break up with Romper con Get back from Volver de
Carry on with Continuemos con Keep out of Mantenerse alejado de
Catch up with Ponerse al día con Keep up with Seguir
Come up to Venir a Kick out of Expulsar de
Come up with Proponer Look forward to Esperar
Crack down on Tomar medidas enérgicas Put up with Soportar
Do away with contra Run away with Escapa con
Drop out of Acabar con Run out of Quedarse sin
Get away with Abandonar Take out on Sacar en
Escapar con
He'll probably win, he's up to the challenge. Probablemente gane, está a la altura del desafío.
I broke up with girlfriend. Rompí con mi novia.
The doctor told her to carry on with the treatment. El médico le dijo que continuará con el tratamiento.
I've been getting low grades, but I'll study hard and catch up He estado obteniendo bajas calificaciones, pero estudiaré mucho y me
with the Other students. pondré al día con los otros estudiantes.
He came up to me and said: 'you are under arrest.' Se me acercó y me dijo: 'estás bajo arresto'.
He came up with an unbelievable explanation. Se le ocurrió una explicación increíble.
The police need to crack down on burglary. La policía debe tomar medidas enérgicas contra los robos.
The school should do away with some of the regulations. La escuela debería eliminar algunas de las regulaciones.
Teenagers are dropping out of school in large numbers. Los adolescentes están abandonando la escuela en gran número.
He got away with shoplifting at first, but now he's in trouble. Al principio se salió con la suya robando tiendas, pero ahora está en
I'm going to get back at him for what he did. problemas.
She's just got back from her trip. Voy a vengarme de él por lo que hizo.
Keep out of this room. Ella acaba de regresar de su viaje.
Keep up with the good work. Manténgase fuera de esta habitación.
The rowdy man was kicked out of the bar. Sigan con el buen trabajo.
We are looking forward to meeting you. El hombre alborotador fue expulsado del bar.
I'm going to put up wth this issue. Estamos deseando conocerte.
Let your emotions run away with you. Voy a soportar este tema.
They ran out of gas in the middle of the desert. Deja que tus emociones te acompañen.
If you're upset about something, take it out on your brother, Se quedaron sin gasolina en medio del desierto.
not on me. Si estás disgustado por algo, hazlo con tu hermano, no conmigo.
Negative Negativa
I wasn’t up to go to the party because I had a headache. No estaba preparado para ir a la fiesta porque me dolía la
He didn’t break up with me, I did. cabeza.
They didn’t carry on with their tasks. Él no rompió conmigo, yo lo hice.
I couldn’t do my homework to catch up with the other students. No continuaron con sus tareas.
He didn’t come up to his mom to tell her the truth. No pude hacer mi tarea para ponerme al día con los otros
We didn’t come up with the solution they asked. estudiantes.
The government didn’t do away with the taxes we expected. No se acercó a su madre para decirle la verdad.
Teenagers shouldn’t drop out of school. No se nos ocurrió la solución que pidieron.
The kids didn’t get away with their messy. El gobierno no eliminó los impuestos que esperábamos.
I can’t put up with this situation, it’s too much for me. Los adolescentes no deberían abandonar la escuela.
Parents shouldn’t take out on their stress with their kids. Los niños no se salieron con la suya.
We won’t run out of sugar if you take it easy on dessert. No puedo soportar esta situación, es demasiado para mí.
Los padres no deben deshacerse del estrés con sus hijos.
No nos quedaremos sin azúcar si te lo tomas con calma con el
postre.
149
What are you up to this weekend? O que você esta afim de fazer neste final de semana?
Did he break up with her? I don’t believe it! Ele terminou com ela? Eu não acredito!
Should I carry on with the conversation about music? Devo continuar com a conversa sobre música?
Did they catch up with the chores they had? Eles alcançaram as tarefas que tinham?
Do you come up to your boss when you need? Você vai até seu chefe quando precisa?
Could they come up with some solution? Eles poderiam encontrar alguma solução?
Will the city hall crack down on the regional laws? A prefeitura reprimirá as leis regionais?
Will he drop out of the English course? What a shame! Ele vai desistir do curso de inglês? Que pena!
Have They gotten back at their workers? Eles tem se vingado de seus trabalhadores?
Has she gottem back from her trip to Asia? Ela voltou da viagem na Ásia?
Can we keep up with the project a little longer? Podemos acompanhar o projeto um pouco mais?
Are you looking forward to traveling to The USA? Você está ansioso para viajar para os EUA?
Had we run out of flour before the cake was made? Tinha acabado a farinha antes de o bolo ser feito?
Would you put up with until we close the deal? Você agüentaria até fecharmos o negócio?
Conversation 1
Alan – Hey Tony, what are you up to on Friday night?
– Oh
Tony didn’t man,
speak I have some
English. So, nowhomework
I’m usedtotodo. I needmore
studying to catch upone
than withlanguage.
some activities which I’m late.
Alan – Dude, can you just carry on with this homework on Saturday morning so we can go out on
Friday? There is a new band playing at the club and I don’t want to miss it.
Tony – Wow, a new band?? Thar’s awesome. But on the flip side, I won’t be able to do anything
besides working on Saturday morning. So, I have to get the activities done!
Alan – Come on dude, you can get Away with it.
Tony – Sorry but responsabilities first, then pleasure..
Alan – I don’t blame you. Unfortunately I dropped out of school last year.
Tony – But it’s never late to keep up with your studies.
Conversation 2
Julie – Mrs. Mona, we need to crack down on some employees who are missing work lately.
Mona – Ok, first of all I will do away with some benefits they might have. Then I’ll run away with this
issue myself.
Julie – I appreciate it because I can’t put up with it anymore..
Mona – Unless They come up with a good reason for the absences I’ll have the take some serious
actions against it.
Julie – Well, one of them sent a message saying he had broken up with his wife and then he had to
take care of some paperworks, specially about his kids.
Mona – Well, in this case we can have an exception.
Julie – Another thing you need to be aware of is the fact some workers are also trying to get Away
with the problem regarding the missing products.
Mona – This is a very delicate subject to be discussed between only us. Call our lawyer tomorrow and
try to set a meeting so we can keep up with it.
Julie – Ok, I’ll do it right now.
One fact about separable phrasal verbs is, when you’re using an object pronoun it has to be Always between the verb and
the preposition/adverb.
e.g: Turn down the radio. (Abaixe o volume do rádio)

Turn the radio down. (Abaixe o volume do rádio)
Turn it down. (Abaixe o volume do rádio) – NEVER write or say – Turn down it.
150
PRACTICE
A- Write a sentence with each phrasal verb given and then change into negative and interrogative form:
Be up to ________________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Break up with ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Carry on with ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Catch up with ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Come up to ______________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Come up with ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Crack down on ___________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Do away with _____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Drop out of _______________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Get away with ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Get back at ______________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Get back from ____________________________________________________________________________
Neg: ___________________________________________________________________________________
Inter: ___________________________________________________________________________________
151
PRACTICE
B- With your teacher, choose the right phrasal verb from the box to complete each sentence below:
switch on get away with put away chill out hand in take down
sum up let someone in get up look for click on live up to
sit down give up take off fall over close down go away
get over get someone down
1- We want to____________ for the weekend. We´ll probably go to the beach.
2- I have finished all my tests. After all that stress I need to___________. (relax)
3- We can _____________the situation _____________in one word, chaos. (summarize).
4- I slipped on the ground and________________. I sprained my ankle and I had to go to the hospital.
5- He has broken the law, so we must make sure he doesn´t______________ it.
6- __________________the printer icon when you want to print.
7- I ________________smoking two years ago. I feel much healthier now.
8- My sister broke up with her boyfriend a year ago and she _____________ it really quickly. She is quite happy now
and is even looking for someone else.
9- I don´t _________________ normally before 10.00 am on weekends.
10- Your room is a mess. _______________ all your toys and clothes immediately.
11- They are_______________ a lot of shops because of the economy crisis.
12- The English teacher said that we had to __________the essay _______ the following day.
13- Please, ________________ and relax. I´ll bring you a cup of tea.
14- _________________the light. It is getting really dark. I can´t see the blackboard.
15- What are you doing? – I´m _______________ my contact lenses. I was sure I had them in my bag and now I
can´t find them.
16- American’s weather always ____________ me____________. It´s always cloudy and raining.
17- ____________your coat______________ ! It´s really warm in here.
18- I´ll ____________ you ___________this time but don´t be late again because you will have to go away.
19- Christmas is finished so we have to____________ the Christmas tree__________________.
20-The concert didn´t __________________my expectations. I expected something much better.
152
LESSON 45
QUARTER TEST IX
Read the text below and then do the activity.
THE STREET ON FIRE
Last Saturday Amanda, Mike and Alan went to the new modern art museum downtown. They were amazed by the works
which were displayed there. It was the first time Amanda and Alan had been to a modern art gallery. Mike had seen many
modern art galleries before. However, he hadn’t seen such an interesting one before. They stayed there for about three
hours. While they were visiting the galleries, a famous artist came for a talk on his latest works. Alan and Mike went to the
third floor to see him. While they listened to him, Amanda attended a workshop in the basement. By the time Amanda’s
workshop ended, Mike and Alan had already got out of the talk with the artist. After they visited all the galleries in the
museum, they went into their town to have lunch together.
During their visit to the museum, they saw two very interesting photos of a street. In fact, the second picture was the edited
version of the same street. In a minute they realized they were looking at the street where they currently live. It showed
what would happen to it after an event like a fire or a war happened there. Until they saw those pictures, they had never
thought of a disastrous event in a city. They were really scared to see their street on fire and then left the photos in silence.
A- Decide if the statements are true or false according to the text.
1- They all have been to modern art museum before. _______

2- They were in the museum before the talk of famous artist. _______
3- Mike and Amanda did two different activities at the same time in the museum. _______
4- Amanda’s workshop finished before Mike and Alan left the talk with the artist. _______
5- They had known there were some pictures of their street before they saw them in the museum. _______
B- Choose the right alternative for each phrasal verb:
1- Get along 4- Make up 7- Ring back

a) Estirar a) Maquillar a) Llamar de nuevo.
b) Marcharse b) Construir b) Anillo devuelto.
c) Convivir. c) Inventar c) Anillo.
2- Carry on with 5- Look after 8- Look out

a) Cargar con a) Cuidar a) Estar atento
b) Continuar b) Mirar después. b) Estar alerta
c) Cargar en c) Observar c) Mirada externa
3- Drop out of 6- Give up 9- Get back at

a) Abandonar a) Dar. a) De regreso
b) Derribar b) Subir. b) Venganza
c) Dejar caer c) Resistir. c) Devolver
153
LESSON 46
GENERAL REVIEW I
I always study hard. Siempre estudio mucho.
You usually work overtime. Suele trabajar horas extras.
He often plays soccer. A menudo juega al fútbol.
She sometimes works out. Ella a veces hace ejercicio.
She watched a nice movie yesterday. Ella ayer vió una bonita película.
I worked until late last night. Trabajé hasta tarde anoche.
You closed the store earlier on Monday. La tienda cerró más temprano el lunes.
They traveled to the U.S.A last year. Viajaron a Estados Unidos el año pasado.
It worked fine last time I used. Funcionó bien la última vez que lo usé.
I did my homework last night. Yo hice mi tarea anoche.
You went to the store earlier on Monday. Fuiste a la tienda el lunes temprano.
They flew to the U.S.A last year. Volaron a los EE. UU. El año pasado.
It broke when I used last time. Se rompió cuando lo usé la última vez.
He felt tired after the game. Se sintió cansado después del partido.
We heard you bought a new car. Escuchamos que compraste un auto nuevo.
He drove to school last semester. Condujo a la escuela el semestre pasado.
The dog ate its food. El perro se comió su comida.
She went shopping for hours yesterday. Ayer salió de compras durante horas.
Negative Negativo
She didn’t like the food. No le gustó la comida.

He didn’t clean his bedroom. No limpió su habitación.
They didn’t cook for the guests. No cocinaban para los invitados.
We didn’t plug the wire into the outlet. No enchufamos el cable a la toma de corriente.
The teacher didn’t cancel the class. El profesor no canceló la clase.
She didn’t reply the e-mail. Ella no respondió el correo electrónico.
She didn’t go shopping yesterday. Ayer no fue de compras.
He didn’t feel tired after the game. No se sintió cansado después del partido.
They didn’t know about the test. Ellos no sabían nada de la prueba.
We didn’t buy a new house. Nosotros no compramos una casa nueva.
My boss didn’t give me a raise. Mi jefe no me dio un aumento.
I didn’t hurt myself. No me lastimé.
Did you cry when you dropped the ice cream? ¿Lloraste cuando dejaste caer el helado?
Did he borrow his brother’s jacket?
¿Él tomó prestada la chaqueta de su hermano?
Did she need to send the report?
¿Ella necesitó enviar el informe?
Did they skip classes to go out?
¿Se saltaron las clases para salir?
Did you try on the new suit?
¿Te probaste el traje nuevo?
Did it fit well on you?
¿Te quedó bien?
Did you make the phone call?
Did he lose his wallet? ¿Hiciste la llamada telefónica?
Did she see the e-mail I sent her? ¿Perdió su billetera?
Did they sell their house? ¿Vio el correo electrónico que le envié?
Did you sing at the festival? ¿Vendieron su casa?
Did we speak to the manager? ¿Cantaste en el festival?
¿Hablamos con el gerente?
154
LESSON 46
GENERAL REVIEW I
There’s milk in the fridge. Hay leche en la nevera.

There are many people working today. Hay mucha gente trabajando hoy.
There’s only one way to do that. Solo hay una forma de hacerlo.
There are some options for you. Hay algunas opciones para ti.
There’s only one thing to do. Solo hay una cosa que hacer.
There are forty people applying for the position. Hay cuarenta personas que se postulan para el
There is a book on your desk. puesto.
There are at least 200 people there. Hay un libro en tu escritorio.
There’s a new movie coming up. Hay al menos 200 personas allí.
There are two buildings next to my house. Se acerca una nueva película.
There were some fruits left. Hay dos edificios al lado de mi casa.
There was some milk in the fridge. Quedaron algunas frutas.
There were 2 vacancies until yesterday. Había leche en el frigorífico.
There was only one option. Había 2 vacantes hasta ayer.
There were some options for you. Solo había una opción.
There was a cat on the couch. Había algunas opciones para ti.
There were 2 dogs barking at us. Había un gato en el sofá.
There was a nice place downtown. Había dos perros ladrándonos.
There was a cheap store in Bridgewater. Había un bonito lugar en el centro.
There were many places to visit. Había una tienda barata en Bridgewater.
There were two different paths to choose. Había muchos lugares para visitar.
Había dos caminos diferentes para elegir.
Negative Negativo
There isn’t anyone in the park. No hay nadie en el parque.

There aren’t twenty-five players in the field. No hay veinticinco jugadores en el campo.
There is nothing to tell you. No hay nada que decirte.
There aren’t enough people to help. No hay suficientes personas para ayudar.
There’s not a book in the box. No hay un libro en la caja.
There are not books in the box. No hay libros en la caja.
There was nothing I needed to tell you. No había nada que tuviera que decirte.
There weren’t forty-five students in class. No había cuarenta y cinco estudiantes en clase.
There wasn’t a book in the box. No había un libro en la caja.
There weren’t thirty-eight books in the box. No había treinta y ocho libros en la caja.
Are there twenty-five players in the field? ¿Hay veinticinco jugadores en el campo?
Is there any chance of winning? ¿Existe alguna posibilidad de ganar?
Are there enough people to help? ¿Hay suficiente gente para ayudar?
Is there a book in the box? ¿Hay un libro en la caja?
Are there books in the box? ¿Hay libros en la caja?
Were there twenty-five players in the field? ¿Había veinticinco jugadores en el campo?
Was there any chance of winning? ¿Había alguna posibilidad de ganar?
Were there enough people to help? ¿Había suficiente gente para ayudar?
Was there a book in the box? ¿Había un libro en la caja?
Were there books in the box? ¿Había libros en la caja?
155
LESSON 46
GENERAL REVIEW I
I’ll travel to the USA next year. Viajaré a los Estados Unidos el año que viene.
We’ll go to the stadium on Sunday. Iremos al estadio el domingo.
He will buy a new car when he gets the money. Comprará un coche nuevo cuando reciba el dinero.
She’ll go to the club with her friends. Irá al club con sus amigos.
Danny will play checkers with his dad. Danny jugará a las damas con su padre.
They’ll need another job. Necesitarán otro trabajo.
We’ll learn English fast at Aliança. Aprenderemos inglés rápido en Aliança.
I’m going to drink some coffee. Voy a tomar un café.
He is going to play soccer on weekends. Va a jugar al fútbol los fines de semana.
The manager is going to fire the worker. El gerente va a despedir al trabajador.
They are going to go to the party. Van a ir a la fiesta.
My parents are going to buy me a new car. Mis padres me van a comprar un auto nuevo.
We are going to learn more at Aliança. Vamos a aprender más en Aliança.
We are going to drive to work. Vamos a conducir al trabajo.
She is going to go out with her friends. Ella va a salir con sus amigas.
We are going to be fluent in English soon. Pronto hablaremos inglés con fluidez.
They’ll redo the homework to reinforce the subject. Rehacerán la tarea para reforzar la asignatura.
The kids are going to spend vacation in Sâo Paulo. Los niños van a pasar las vacaciones en Sâo Paulo.
Negative Negativo
I won’t drive to work today. Hoy no conduciré al trabajo.
She won’t graduate if she keeps missing classes. No se graduará si sigue faltando a clases.
There won’t be a party for us. No habrá fiesta para nosotros.
You won’t play vídeo game if you don’t do your chores. No jugarás videojuegos si no haces tus quehaceres.
We won’t go to the restaurant this month. No iremos al restaurante este mes.
It won’t work properly without maintenance. No funcionará correctamente sin mantenimiento.
We will not do it without your permission. No lo haremos sin su permiso.
He isn’t going to work tomorrow. No va a trabajar mañana.
I’m not going to the party with you. No voy a ir a la fiesta contigo.
She isn’t going to travel next month. No viajará el mes que viene.
They aren’t going to keep the job. No van a conservar el trabajo.
We aren’t going to study law. No vamos a estudiar derecho.
He isn’t going to visit his relatives in New York. No visitará a sus parientes en Nueva York.
They aren’t going to accept the rules. No van a aceptar las reglas.
It isn’t going to be cold tonight. Esta noche no va a hacer frío.
Will you buy me a snack? I’m hungry. ¿Me invitas a comer algo? Tengo hambre.
Will she learn English at Aliança America? ¿Aprenderá inglés en Alianza America?
Will we do the job with the other workers. Haremos el trabajo con los otros trabajadores.
Will the school be opened on holidays? ¿La escuela abrirá los días festivos?
Will They bring me the items I asked? ¿Me traerán los artículos que pedí?
Are you going to study French with me? ¿Vas a estudiar francés conmigo?
Is he going to go to the movies this weekend? ¿Va a ir al cine este fin de semana?
Are they going to write the reports today? ¿Van a redactar los informes hoy?
Is he going to eat the soup I made? ¿Se va a comer la sopa que hice?
Is she going to become the president next election? ¿Se convertirá en presidenta en las próximas elecciones?
Is it going to rain more this year? ¿Va a llover más este año?
156
LESSON 46
GENERAL REVIEW I
They’ll be opening a new business. Abrirán un nuevo negocio.
He’ll be playing on a professional team. Jugará en un equipo profesional.
The teacher will be applying the test. El maestro aplicará la prueba.
I’ll be sueing you over the deal you made wrongly. Te demandaré por el trato que hiciste mal.
They’ll be painting their house. Estarán pintando su casa.
We’ll be buying a mansion. Compraremos una mansión.
The’ll be drinking with their families. Beberán con sus familias.
The kids will be playing on the street. Los niños estarán jugando en la calle.
She’ll be messing up her room. Ella estará arruinando su habitación.
He’ll be fixing the appliances at home. Él arreglará los electrodomésticos en casa.
You’d sing happy birthday to all of us. Nos cantarías feliz cumpleaños a todos.
They’d buy a new costume for halloween. Comprarían un disfraz nuevo para Halloween.
He would like to try on these boots. Le gustaría probarse estas botas.
The teacher would apply another test. El maestro aplicaría otra prueba.
The computer would turn off. La computadora se apagaba.
We would attend classes every morning. Asistiríamos a clases todas las mañanas.
She would attend the meeting. Ella asistiría a la reunión.
The company would brake in a few months. La empresa frenaría en unos meses.
I would tell you the truth.. Te diría la verdad ..
You would speak more English. Hablarías más inglés.
He would fix the appliances at home. Arreglaría los electrodomésticos en casa.
Negative Negativo
They won’t be getting good grades. No obtendrán buenas calificaciones.
I hope It won’t be raining when we go there. Espero que no esté lloviendo cuando vayamos allí.
You won’t be getting a lot of work to do. No tendrás mucho trabajo por hacer.
She wont be making part of the team. Ella no formará parte del equipo.
You won’t be bowling with your friends today. Hoy no jugarás a los bolos con tus amigos.
They wouldn’t eat that. No comerían eso.
I wouldn’t pay that much for it. No pagaría tanto por ello.
We wouldn’t type so fast. No escribiríamos tan rápido.
She wouldn’t like to sell the house. No le gustaría vender la casa.
You wouldn’t go swimming on this weather. No irías a nadar con este clima.
It wouldn’t be a bad idea at all. No sería mala idea en absoluto.
There won’t be any chance for them. No habrá ninguna posibilidad para ellos.
My parents won’t let me go to the party. Mis padres no me dejan ir a la fiesta.
Will we be getting a nice gift on our next birthday? ¿Recibiremos un bonito regalo en nuestro próximo cumpleaños?
Will you be going to the new hairdresser ? ¿Irás a la nueva peluquería?
Will she be going to the mall alone? ¿Irá sola al centro comercial?
Would it take too long to get there? ¿Tardaría demasiado en llegar?
Would he prepare the reports on time? ¿Prepararía los informes a tiempo?
Would she teach me how to ride a bike? ¿Me enseñaría a andar en bicicleta?
Would they run a marathon? ¿Correrían un maratón?
Would you jump a Cliff? ¿Saltarías un acantilado?
Would he be able to hurt the children? ¿Podría lastimar a los niños?
When will the war be over? ¿Cuándo terminará la guerra?
Where will we be in the next 20 Years? ¿Dónde estaremos en los próximos 20 años?
What will they do to keepthe business running. ¿Qué harán para mantener el negocio en funcionamiento?
157
LESSON 47
GENERAL REVIEW II
I can run really fast. Puedo correr muy rápido.
You can talk to the boss without my permission. Puede hablar con el jefe sin mi permiso.
They could go to the beach. Podrían ir a la playa.
You could talk to me. Podrías hablar conmigo.
It can happen. Puede pasar.
You could play the guitar when you were little. Podías tocar la guitarra cuando eras pequeño.
They can drive a big truck. Pueden conducir un camión grande.
It may rain tomorrow. Puede llover mañana.
He might come to the party later. Podría venir a la fiesta más tarde.
You may go outside to play with your friends. Puede salir a jugar con sus amigos.
They might talk to him about the project. Podrían hablar con él sobre el proyecto.
She might be tired after the game. Puede que esté cansada después del partido.
It might brake if you sit down. Podría frenar si te sientas.
We may buy a new bike for our son. Podemos comprar una bicicleta nueva para nuestro hijo.
They might sell it for a lower price if we bargain. Podrían venderlo por un precio más bajo si negociamos.
They may lose the bet. Pueden perder la apuesta.
I may go on a trip at the end of the year. Puedo hacer un viaje al final del año.
I should study more for the test. Debería estudiar más para la prueba.
You must study more, otherwise you’ll flunk. Debes estudiar más, de lo contrario fracasarás.
She must pay more attention to the suject. Debe prestar más atención al tema.
Negative Negativo
He can’t go to school tomorrow. Él no puede ir a la escuela mañana.
I couldn’t talk to you. No pude hablar contigo.
She can’t speak Russian. Ella no puede hablar ruso.
They can’t cook, so they ordered pizza. Ellos no saben cocinar, así que pidieron pizza.
They can’t drive well. They had 3 accidents already. Ellos no pueden conducir bien. Ya tuvieron 3 accidentes.
We can’t go there by ourselves. Nosotros no podemos ir solos.
He couldn’t do it better. Él no pudo hacerlo mejor.
I shouldn’t ride a bike in the park. Yo no debería andar en bicicleta en el parque.
We couldn’t close the deal due the prices. Nosotros no pudimos cerrar el trato debido a los precios.
He may not be here after the speech. Él puede que no esté aquí después del discurso.
I might not go to the bank because it’s hot. Puede que yo no vaya al banco porque hace calor.
She may not be the right person for the position. Puede que ella no sea la persona adecuada para el puesto.
They might not sleep over their friend’s. Puede que no se acuesten con en lo de su amigo.
They may not understand if you say in Spanish. Es posible que no entiendan si lo dice en español.
You shouldn’t give up studies. No debes renunciar a los estudios.
Could you help me, please? ¿Podría usted ayudarme por favor?
Can I go out tonight? ¿Puedo salir esta noche?
Could they prepare the room? ¿Podrían preparar la habitación?
Could the doctor be more polite? ¿Podría el médico ser más amable?
Could you explain this subject again? ¿Podrías volver a explicar este tema?
May I borrow your pencil? ¿Me prestas tu lápiz?
May we come a bit later tomorrow? ¿Podemos venir mañana un poco más tarde?
Might they have something to drink? ¿Pueden beber algo?
Might I attend the meeting too? ¿Puedo asistir a la reunión también?
Should I stay here to help you with the errands? ¿Debería quedarme aquí para ayudarte con los recados?
Must he come to talk to you? ¿Debe venir a hablar contigo?
Should she take a lot of money with her? ¿Debería llevarse mucho dinero?
Should it be placed on this spot? ¿Debería colocarse en este lugar?
Must they visit their parents more? ¿Deben visitar más a sus padres?
158
LESSON 47
GENERAL REVIEW II
I study English. Me too / So do I. Yo estudio inglés. Yo también

He can swim. Me too / So can I. Él puede nadar. Yo también / Yo también puedo
They speak English. Us too / So do we. Ellos hablan inglés. Nosotros también
She should go. You too / So do you. Ella debería irse. Tú también
I’ll work tomorrow. Me too / So will I. Trabajaré mañana. Yo también
We run fast. Them too / So do they. Nosotros corremos rápido. Ellos también.
I have a laptop. Me too / So do I. Tengo una laptop. Yo también.
They saved the day. Us too / So did we. Ellos salvaron el día. Nosotros también.
He went to the beach. Me too / So did I. Él fue a la playa. Yo también.
I’m a patient person. I wait patiently in lines. Soy una persona paciente. Espero pacientemente en las filas.
He’s a good chef. He cooks very well. Él es un buen chef. Cocina muy bien.
They are fast drivers. They drive fast. Son conductores rápidos. Conducen rápido.
She is a careful driver. She drives carefully. Ella es una conductora cuidadosa. Conduce con cuidado.
This is an easy test. I take it easily. Esta es una prueba sencilla. Me lo tomo con calma.
We are hard workers. We work hard. Somos muy trabajadores. Trabajamos duro.
It is different. It works differently. Es diferente. Funciona de manera diferente.
He gets reckless sometimes. A veces él se vuelve imprudente.
You usually drive recklessly on the road. Suele conducir imprudentemente en la carretera.
I feel safe when I’m with her. Me siento seguro cuando estoy con ella.
His voice sounds terrible in the morning. Su voz suena terrible por la mañana.
We speak English perfectly. Nosotros hablamos inglés perfectamente.
Negative Negativo
I don’t like pizza. I don’t either / Neither do I. No me gusta la pizza. A mi tampoco.

We don’t go out often. I don’t either / Neither do I. No salimos a menudo. Yo tampoco.
He didn’t do the homework. She didn’t either. Neither did she. No hizo la tarea. Ella tampoco. Ella tampoco.
They won’t shave their heads. I won’t either / Neither will I. Ellos no se afeitarán la cabeza. Yo tampoco.
You shouldn’t eat it. We shouldn’t either / Neither should we. No deberías comerlo. Nosotros tampoco deberíamos.
They can’t afford it. She can’t either / Neither can she. No pueden permitírselo. Ella tampoco puede / ella tampoco.
The teachers won’t quit. I won’t either / Neither will I. Los profesores no renunciarán. Yo tampoco.
He isn’t calm. He gets nervous easily. No está tranquilo. Se pone nervioso con facilidad.
They don’t speak German perfectly. No hablan alemán a la perfección.
They aren’t bad players. They play well. No son malos jugadores. Juegan bien.
You don’t run slowly. You always go fast. No corres despacio. Siempre vas rápido.
You aren’t very clever. You did it wrongly. No eres muy inteligente. Lo hiciste mal.
The children didn’t play happily on the game. Los niños no jugaron felices en el juego.
We aren’t living lonely in the new town. No vivimos solos en la nueva ciudad.
Do you like to go fast? ¿Te gusta ir rápido?

Can he help us kindly? ¿Puede ayudarnos amablemente?
Is she a beautiful girl? Does she speak beuatifully? ¿Es una chica hermosa? ¿Habla bellamente?
Did the workers work hard today? ¿Trabajaron duro los trabajadores hoy?
Why is he driving recklessly? ¿Por qué él está conduciendo imprudentemente?
Can’t they just do it well? ¿No pueden hacerlo bien?
Are you singing happily? ¿Estás cantando alegremente?
Did They sell their house quickly? ¿Vendieron su casa rápidamente?
159
LESSON 47
GENERAL REVIEW II
If I put my hands on fire, they burn. Si pongo mis manos en el fuego, se queman.
If I miss the 06 o’clock bus, I arrive late at work Si pierdo el autobús de las 06 en punto, llego tarde al trabajo
If I go the the store, I buy something. Si voy a la tienda, compro algo.
If he gets late at work, his boss gets angry. Si llega tarde al trabajo, su jefe se enoja.
The floor gets wet if we throw some water on it. El suelo se moja si le echamos un poco de agua.
Ice melts if we leave it outside the freezer. El hielo se derrite si lo dejamos fuera del congelador.
When temperature is below zero it snows. Cuando la temperatura está por debajo de cero nieva.
If it rains, I use an umbrella. Si llueve, uso un paraguas.
I use an umbrella if it rains. Uso un paraguas si llueve.
If the weather is nice, I will go to the park. Si hace buen tiempo, iré al parque.
I ask for help when I need it. Pido ayuda cuando la necesito.
If she loses her job, she will look for another one. Si pierde su trabajo, buscará otro.
They will go to the beach if it gets hot. Iran a la playa si hace calor.
If you do it for me, I will pay you. Si lo hace por mí, le pagaré.
You will earn more when you graduate. Ganarás más cuando te gradúes.
When they travel, they take their pets with them. Cuando viajan, se llevan a sus mascotas.
We pass the test if we study hard. Pasamos la prueba si estudiamos mucho.
The teacher will get mad if we cheat on the test. El profesor se enojará si hacemos trampa en el examen.
When we are on vacation, we travel. If I met the Cuando estamos de vacaciones, viajamos. Si conociera al presidente, lo
presidente, I would say hello. saludaría.
If he won the lottery, he would travel the world. Si él ganara la lotería, viajaría por el mundo.
If you had a Ferrari, you would drive really fast. Si tuvieras un Ferrari, conducirías muy rápido.
They would pass the test if they studied. Pasarían la prueba si ellos estudiaran.
If he had her number, he would call her. Si tuviera su número, la llamaría.
If I were you, I would do that. Si yo fuera tú, haría eso.
Negative Negativo
If you don’t study hard, you won’t pass the test. Si tú no estudias mucho, no aprobarás el examen.
I won’t get tired If I don’t play soccer. No me cansaré si no juego al fútbol.
If she doesn’t go, she won’t spend money. Si no va, no gastará dinero.
I wouldn’t go out if it was dark. No saldría si estuviera oscuro.
He wouldn’t buy the car if he didn’t have the money. No compraría el coche si no tuviera el dinero.
You wouldn’t be so tired if you went to bed earlier. No estaría tan cansado si se fuera a la cama antes.
They wouldn’t hurt themselves if they didn’t fall. No se harían daño si no se cayeran.
Do you get cold when you get wet from rain? ¿Tienes frío cuando te moja por la lluvia?
What will you do if you win the lottery? ¿Qué harás si ganas la lotería?
Does he buy anything if he goes to the store? ¿Compra algo si va a la tienda?
Do they do the homework if their mom asks them ? ¿Hacen la tarea si su mamá les pregunta?
Will you take us there if I pay you a good amount? ¿Nos llevarás allí si te pago una buena cantidad?
Will he get hurt if the falls from the stairs? ¿Se lastimará si se cae de las escaleras?
Will the company fire him if he doesn’t do the job? ¿Lo despedirá la empresa si no hace el trabajo?
Does she do the grocery if she goes to the store? ¿Hace la compra si va a la tienda?
What would you do if you were me? ¿Qué harías si fueras yo?
Where would they go if they had the chance? ¿A dónde irían si tuvieran la oportunidad?
Would she travel if she was on vacation? ¿Viajaría si estuviera de vacaciones?
If they were here, what would they do? Si estuvieran aquí, ¿qué harían?
If they knew, would they tell her? Si lo supieran, ¿se lo dirían?
160
LESSON 47
GENERAL REVIEW II
I used to ride a bike when I was a kid. Solía andar en bicicleta cuando era niño.
They used to play in a band. Solían tocar en una banda.
My parents used to go out at night. Mis padres solían salir de noche.
She is used to riding her bike with her daughter. Está acostumbrada a andar en bicicleta con su hija.
They are used to doing their grocery every weekend. Están acostumbrados a hacer la compra todos los fines de semana.
I’m used to working overtime. Estoy acostumbrado a trabajar horas extras.
We are used to the cold weather. I have had this car for Estamos acostumbrados al frío. He tenido este coche por
20 years. 20 años.
He has had this attitude since his mom passed away. Ha tenido esta actitud desde que falleció su madre.
He’s known her for decades. La conoce desde hace décadas.
They have been sick since this morning. Están enfermos desde esta mañana.
The pandamic has happened since March 2020. El pandamia ha ocurrido desde marzo de 2020.
I have always wanted to be a musician. Siempre he querido ser músico.
You’ve never sung professionally in a band. Nunca has cantado profesionalmente en una banda.
They’ve already done the homework. Ya hicieron la tarea.
We’ve just arrived from our trip to Los Angeles. Acabamos de llegar de nuestro viaje a Los Ángeles.
She has never been any country in Europe. Ella nunca ha estado en ningún país de Europa.
It’s always been this way. It needs to be changed. Siempre ha sido así. Necesita ser cambiado.
Negative Negativo
We didn’t use to swim in the club. The pool was deep. No solíamos nadar en el club. La piscina era profunda.
She didn’t use to ride a bike when she was a kid. No solía andar en bicicleta cuando era niña.
The kids aren’t used to waking up early. Los niños no están acostumbrados a levantarse temprano.
I’m not used to driving in a big city. No estoy acostumbrado a conducir en una gran ciudad.
I haven’t seen my family since last year. No he visto a mi familia desde el año pasado.
The kids haven’t played computer games for 2 weeks. Los niños no han jugado juegos de computadora durante 2
We haven’t been to the mall for a year. semanas.
They haven’t taken any vacation since the new boss. Hace un año que no vamos al centro comercial.
The kids haven’t been to Disney yet. No han tomado vacaciones desde el nuevo jefe.
She hasn’t finished the report. Los niños aún no han ido a Disney.
No ha terminado el informe.
Did he use to go camping with his counsins? ¿Solía ir de campamento con sus primos?
Are you used to buying at that store over there? ¿Estás acostumbrado a comprar en esa tienda de ahí?
Is it used to raining between December and March? ¿Suele llover entre diciembre y marzo?
Did you use to take a ride back home? ¿Solías dar un paseo de regreso a casa?
Did we use to do exercises after dinner? ¿Solíamos hacer ejercicios después de la cena?
Are you used to working out at the gym? ¿Estás acostumbrado a hacer ejercicio en el gimnasio?
Are They used to staying out late? ¿Están acostumbrados a quedarse fuera hasta tarde?
Is he used to doing martial arts over the weekend? ¿Está acostumbrado a hacer artes marciales durante el fin de
Did they use to buy gifts for the whole family? semana?
Did he use to do business with foreigners? ¿Solían comprar regalos para toda la familia?
Have you spoken English since you were a kid? ¿Solía hacer negocios con extranjeros?
Have they worked on the project for so long? ¿Hablas inglés desde que eras niño?
How long have you studied English for? ¿Han trabajado en el proyecto durante tanto tiempo?
Have we bought this merchandise since May? ¿Cuánto tiempo llevas estudiando inglés?
Has it controlled the Market since the last crise. ¿Hemos comprado esta mercancía desde mayo?
Has he been able to work since yesterday? ¿Ha controlado el mercado desde la última crisis?
Have you driven as a professional for months? ¿Ha podido trabajar desde ayer?
¿Ha conducido como profesional durante meses?
161
LESSON 48
FINAL TEST
parenthesesusing
A- Complete the sentences below with the verbs in paratheses usingthe
thecorrect
correctverb
verbtense.
tense.
1- They ___________________ in Boston for over 20 years (live).
2- I ___________________ a great action movie with my friends last night. (see)
3- The milk ___________________ very early yesterday morning (be deliver)
4- The sun ___________________ when the climber reached Mount Everest. (shine)
5- I promise that I ___________________ this secret to anyone (not tell)
6- Unfortunately, just as we got to the airport their plane ___________________ off (take).
7- They ___________________ to the movies only once in a while (go)
8- I was tired yesterday because I ___________________ well the night before (not sleep).
9- Shhh! Someone ___________________ to our conversation (listen)!
10- When I left the house this morning, it ___________________ (already rain)
11- I think Bob ___________________ for work right now.(leave)
12- The plane ___________________ off in a few minutes. (take)
13- I ______ up at 7 every morning but this morning I __________ long and I _____________ up until 8. (get, sleep, not get)
14- I ________________________ my watch because it is being fixed (not wear).
15- This ___________________ an easy quiz so far (be).
16- They ___________________ in an apartment right now because they can’t find a cheap house. (live)
17- Everyone ___________________ when the earthquake hit the small town. (sleep)
18- He _________________________ by herself since her divorce (live)
19- I was angry that I ___________________ such a stupid mistake (make).
20- I predict that by 2025, man __________________________ on Mars (land)
21- He ___________________ his job a couple of years ago. (quit)
22- Our daughter __________________________ from the university yet (graduate).
23- They ___________________ any Christmas cards last year (not send)
24- She ___________________ to a doctor once a year for an examination (go)
25- They ___________________ about me when I interrupted their conversation. (talk)
26- Nothing much ______________________ when I got to the meeting (happen).
27- My parents ___________________ in New York two weeks from today (be).
162
LESSON 48
FINAL TEST
B- Read the text below and translate it into Portuguese:
PRIMAVERA DO LESTE CITY
Most towns or cities in Brazil usually take a strong pride in their historic past and have at least a few old buildings or
monuments standing witness to earlier days. But in Primavera do Leste, a booming agribusiness town 230
kilometers east of Mato Grosso’s state capital, Cuiabá, the oldest historic 5 landmark you will find is a common filling
station and truck stop with a banner saying: “Where it all began”. Where a few years ago there was virtually nothing
but dust-covered savanna and patches of stunted growth, thousands of acres of soy and cotton fields now spread
out as far as the eye can see, earning millions of dollars on 10 world markets and turning the still small city into one
of Brazil’s latest new economic hubs. Regional roads and telecommunications, however, are two aspects local
entrepreneurs and producers point out as very precarious, forming obstacles to further growth seriously affecting
production and marketing costs. Founded only 17 years ago, everything in Primavera, as it is usually 15 referred to,
is new - from its modern architecture to its growing population. Only the very young can proudly say they were born
here. Valentim Martignano, one of the district’s oldest pioneers arrived here from Paraná state some 22 years ago,
“All I saw was a gas station, a general store six houses and a lot of dust,” he recalls. Today the modern town boasts
50,000 inhabitants, and 20 projections by the Brazilian institute of Geography and Statistics (IBGE) are of a
population of 100,000 in five years’ time.
(From UPDATE, by William Vanvolsen, p.24, May/2003, American Chamber of Commerce publication)
Now, translate the text:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
163

Intermediate - English Conversation - Alianza

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Descrição original:

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Intermediate - English Conversation - Alianza

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ENGLISH CONVERSATION

Durante minha juventude tive a oportunidade de aprender o

LESSONS CONTENTS PAGES

Lesson 01 Frequency Adverbs ……………………………….. 01-04

I always study hard. Yo siempre estudio mucho.

Practice the conversations below.

Peter: What do you do on the weekends?

Peter: John, how often do you work out?

1- She goes to the movies with her friends. (sometimes)

Unscramble the sentences below in the right order.

1- late / are / they / sometimes

Use the lines below to write sentences about your life.

Before the main verb At the end of the clause

Translate the dialogue below.

Write down the frequency adverbs presented in the dialogue:

She didn’t like the food. A ella no le gustó la comida.

Greg – Hey Paul, how’s it going?

PRESENT PAST TRANSLATION

Accept Accepted Aceitar

How to pronounce the “ED” ending

1. I ___________(play) with my friends.

B– Change the sentences below into negative and interrogative..

1- She decided to travel to Japan.

1- Cook dinner ________________________________

Read the text and answer the following questions.

What did Paul and Susie do in the afternoon?

Fun with a tongue twister

Peter Piper picked a peck of pickled peppers.

She didn’t go shopping yesterday. Ella no fue de compras ayer.

PRESENT PAST TRANSLATION

Build Built Construir

Make at least 3 sentences in the past with the verbs given:

Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday

Thursday Friday Saturday

see – do – read – go – take - have - make

B– Write true sentences about your last weekend.

1- Sunday ________________________________ I didn’t ____________________________________

Expressions to talk about the past.

Yesterday – Ayer Two days ago – Dos días atrás

1- Yo fui comprar con mi mamá y mi hermana.

E – Write down the past form of the following verbs.

Begin – Feel - Let -

I was. Yo era/Yo estaba

Jane – Kate, do you know who was at the party yesterday?

Adjectives to be used with the verb to be in the past

Make 5 sentences in the past with the adverb given above:

B – Write questions for the answers below:

C – Translate the sentences below:

1- Peter estaba muy cansado para ir al partido.

E – Answer the question according to the text above:

1- Where were Bob and his siblings last week?

F – Complete the sentences below with was/were/wasn’t/weren’t..

G – Answer the question below about your own information.

1- Where were you last night?

Indefinite Frequency Adverbs Definite Frequency advebs

Present – Past Present – Past Present – Past

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

___________________ ___________________ ___________________

1- Sunday I didn’t ____

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________

_________ _ ___________